Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / New York Times

New York Times

nyt · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nyt
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · New York Times
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The New York Times Company 
2021 Annual Report

We aim to be the essential subscription for every 
English-speaking person seeking to understand and 
engage with the world.

1+ million digital international  
news subscriptions
1+ million Games subscriptions
1+ million Cooking subscriptions

Cooking was visited 22 million 
times the week before and the 
week of Thanksgiving

181m

Over 181 million users listened to a 
New York Times podcast in 2021

125m

Average monthly global unique visitors  
to nytimes.com

Spelling Bee 
“Genius” reached 
37 million times 
79 million 
crosswords 
solved
10 million  
Mini Crossword 
users

As of December 
2021, we had 
subscribers in 
236 countries 
and territories

1b

Covid tracker views
since launch

Wirecutter, which launched a subscription 
option in 2021, also turned 10 and 
celebrated its five-year anniversary as part 
of The New York Times Company.

great  journalism — fairness,  

accuracy, independence — and 

find new ways to show readers why those 

“We will hold fast to the values of  

We will work together — take risks, make 

cover the world with nuance and empathy. 

of voices and experiences in our ranks to 

mistakes, learn from them, and try again. 

values matter. We will empower the diversity 

We’ll continue to transform our culture 

in the same way we’ve transformed our 

journalism and our business, in a way that 

makes the company and its mission even 

stronger.” —A. G. Sulzberger, Publisher

620 Eighth Avenue 

New York, NY 10018 

Tel 212.556.1234

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders,

If 2021 was less historic than 2020, it wasn’t any less busy for our newsroom. Consider all that the world experienced. 
A second year of a once-in-a-lifetime pandemic. The accelerating effects of climate change. An uncertain economy. 
Deepening societal divisions and instability around the globe. 

The New York Times covered all of these momentous stories and more, helping millions of people understand an 
increasingly unpredictable world. And the breadth and depth of our journalism helped them live in it. 

As with last year, you can see the value of Times journalism reflected in our strong business results. 

It was our second-best year ever for subscriptions, with 1.3 million net new subscriptions. We finished the year with 
approximately 7.6 million paid subscribers and approximately 8.8 million total paid subscriptions across our digital and 
print products. 

These numbers were powered by the strong subscription performance of each of our digital products — News, Cooking, 
Games, Audm and Wirecutter, which launched a subscription option in the third quarter. Indeed, we achieved several 
key milestones in 2021, building on our record-breaking numbers from the year before. Both our Cooking and Games 
products crossed the one million subscription mark. We tallied more than one million subscriptions outside of the United 
States, showing that the acute need for quality, independent journalism knows no geographic boundaries. 

In early 2022, we acquired The Athletic, which provides passionate sports fans extensive coverage of their favorite teams, 
leagues and players. With this acquisition, we surpassed 10 million total subscriptions — well ahead of our goal of 
reaching that number by 2025. 

Thanks to this impressive subscription growth and a strong advertising performance, we achieved $2 billion in annual 
revenue. We also recorded our strongest operating profit and adjusted operating profit in many years.

We intend to build on this success, not just reaching more people but serving them in more ways. Long before the 
internet, The New York Times newspaper combined news, cultural criticism and lifestyle guidance with weather 
forecasts, recipes, TV listings and stock tables.

In the 21st century, we’re confident that The Times can serve a similar role as an anchor for our readers amid a sea of 
information and choice. By providing essential reporting on the world’s most important stories, trusted guidance for life’s 
challenges, ways for readers to engage with their passions and diversions that bring them joy, we will aim to become a 
daily, indispensable destination for even more subscribers.

So at the highest level, The New York Times aspires to be the essential subscription for every English-speaking person 
seeking to understand and engage with the world. As a milestone toward that goal we’re now aiming for 15 million total 
subscribers by the end of 2027, roughly doubling the number of total subscribers The Times had at the end of last year. 

Of course, our people and culture underpin this work. We’ve made major investments in the last few years in bringing 
in and developing talent in every part of the company and supporting them with an intentional culture where people of 
all backgrounds can thrive. These efforts include the progress we’ve made on our plan, announced last year, to make the 
company more diverse, equitable and inclusive. 

2021 annual report

The way forward is not without challenges. But the strengths of this institution are many. The clarity of our mission and 
the many ways we fulfill it. The commitment to our values, including independence, integrity and excellence. The creativity, 
courage and talent of the people who come to work here. We are eager to begin work on the next leg of our journey. 

Thank you for helping us make our work and mission possible. 

A.G. Sulzberger
Chairman and Publisher

Meredith Kopit Levien
President and C.E.O.

arch 11, 2022

2021 annual report

M
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K 

☑ Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 26, 2021

 ☐ Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from ___ to ___

Commission file number 1-5837

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

13-1102020
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018
(Address and zip code of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 556-1234 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Class A Common Stock of $.10 par value

Trading Symbol(s)
NYT

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     

Yes  ☑	No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Exchange Act.     Yes  ☐  No  ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  ☑ No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be 

submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  ☑	No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 

smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated 
filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated filer        

☑  
☐

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☐

 If an emerging growth company, indicate by the check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended 
transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of 
the Exchange Act.     ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of 

the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.      ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 

Act).    Yes ☐    No ☑

The aggregate worldwide market value of Class A Common Stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing price on 
June 25, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, as reported on the New York 
Stock Exchange, was approximately $7.3 billion. As of such date, non-affiliates held 34,341 shares of Class B Common Stock. 
There is no active market for such stock.

The number of outstanding shares of each class of the registrant’s common stock as of February 17, 2022 (exclusive of 
treasury shares) was as follows: 166,751,793 shares of Class A Common Stock and 781,724 shares of Class B Common Stock.

Documents incorporated by reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on April 

27, 2022, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

INDEX TO THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY 2021 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

ITEM NO.

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements
Business

1

Overview

Products

Subscribers, Subscriptions and Audience

Advertising

Competition

Other Businesses

Print Production and Distribution

Raw Materials

Human Capital

Available Information

1A Risk Factors

1B Unresolved Staff Comments

2

3

Properties

Legal Proceedings

4 Mine Safety Disclosures

Executive Officers of the Registrant

PART II

5 Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder

Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved] 

6

7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

8

9

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure

9A Controls and Procedures

9B Other Information
9C Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

PART III

10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

11

12

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters

13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

14

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV 

15

16

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

1
1

1

2

3

4

4

5

5

5

6

8
9

24

24

24

24

25

26

27

28

54

55

111

111

111
111

112

112

113

113

113

114

117

118

 
 
PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the sections titled “Item 1 — Business,” “Item 1A — Risk Factors” 

and “Item 7 —  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Terms such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “confidence,” 
“contemplate,” “continue,” “conviction,” “could,” “drive,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “future,” “goal,” 
“guidance,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “opportunity,” “optimistic,” “outlook,” “plan,” 
“position,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “strategy,” “target,” “will,” “would” or similar 
statements or variations of such words and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking 
statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such terms. Forward-looking statements are based 
upon our current expectations, estimates and assumptions and involve risks and uncertainties that change over time; 
actual results could differ materially from those predicted by such forward-looking statements. Factors that we think 
could, individually or in the aggregate, cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical 
results include those described in “Item 1A — Risk Factors” below, as well as other risks and factors identified from 
time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings. You are cautioned not to place undue 
reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. We undertake no 
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future 
events or otherwise. 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

The New York Times Company (the “Company”) was incorporated on August 26, 1896, under the laws of the 
State of New York. The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to collectively in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K as “we,” “our” and “us.”

We are a global media organization focused on creating, collecting and distributing high-quality news and 

information that helps our audience understand and engage with the world. We believe that The Times’s original, 
independent and high-quality reporting, storytelling and journalistic excellence across topics and formats set us apart 
from other news organizations and is at the heart of what makes our journalism worth paying for. The quality of our 
coverage has been widely recognized with many industry and peer accolades, including 132 Pulitzer Prizes and 
citations, more than any other news organization.

The Company includes our digital and print products and related businesses, including:

• our core news product, The New York Times (“The Times”), which is available on our mobile applications, 
on our website (NYTimes.com) and as a printed newspaper, and associated content such as our podcasts;

• our other interest-specific products, including Games, Cooking and Audm (our read-aloud audio service), 

which are available on mobile applications and websites; Wirecutter, our online review and recommendation 
product; and, following our acquisition of The Athletic Media Company on February 1, 2022 (as further 
described below), The Athletic; and

• our related businesses, such as our licensing operations; our commercial printing operations; our live events 

business; and other products and services under The Times brand.

On February 1, 2022, we completed the acquisition of The Athletic Media Company (“The Athletic”), a global 

digital subscription-based sports media business that provides national and local coverage of more than 200 clubs and 
teams in the United States and around the world.

We generate revenues principally from the sale of subscriptions and advertising. Subscription revenues consist 

of revenues from subscriptions to our digital and print products (which include our news product, as well as our 
Games, Cooking, Audm and Wirecutter products) and single-copy and bulk sales of our print products. Advertising 
revenue is derived from the sale of our advertising products and services. Revenue information for the Company 
appears under “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 1

We believe that the significant growth in subscriptions to our products demonstrates the success of our 

“subscription-first” strategy and the willingness of our readers to pay for high-quality journalism. As of December 26, 
2021, approximately 7.6 million subscribers had purchased approximately 8.8 million paid subscriptions across our 
products, more than at any point in our history. Our non-news products Games and Cooking each crossed one 
million subscriptions just before the end of 2021. 

In early 2019, we established a goal of reaching 10 million subscriptions by 2025, a target we have now 

surpassed with the acquisition of The Athletic in 2022. In February 2022, we announced a new target: at least 15 
million total subscribers by year-end 2027.

During 2021, we continued to make significant investments in our journalism and our digital product 
experience as well as in the back-end technology and underlying capabilities that allow users to seamlessly move 
among various devices and products. The Times continued to break stories, produce investigative reports and help 
our audience understand a wide range of topics, including the coronavirus (Covid-19) pandemic and its many 
reverberations, the intersection of race and culture in America, and the varied effects of climate change. In addition, 
we continue to innovate advertising offerings that integrate well with the user experience, including solutions that 
use proprietary first-party data — rather than third-party data — to generate predictive insights and help inform our 
clients’ advertising strategies while leveraging our audiences in privacy-forward ways, as well as our audio 
advertising offerings. We also expanded subscriptions to our non-news products by launching a subscription option 
to our Wirecutter product during the third quarter of 2021.

In January 2022, we acquired Wordle, a popular digital word game, to join our Games portfolio.

The global Covid-19 pandemic, efforts to contain it and the resulting economic disruptions have impacted and 

may further impact our business in various ways. See “Item 1A — Risk Factors” and “Item 7 — Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information.

PRODUCTS

The Company’s principal business consists of distributing content through our digital and print platforms. In 

addition, we distribute selected content on third-party platforms. 

Since 2011, we have charged consumers for content provided on our core news website (NYTimes.com) and 

mobile applications. Digital subscriptions can be purchased by individual consumers or as part of group education or 
group corporate subscriptions. Our core news access model generally offers users who have registered free access to a 
limited number of articles before requiring users to subscribe for access to additional content. We have made the 
choice at times to suspend limits on registered users’ free access to particularly important coverage.

In addition to subscriptions to our digital news product, we offer an All Digital Access subscription package 

that includes bundled access to our news website and mobile application, Games, Cooking and Wirecutter products. 
We also offer standalone subscriptions to our Games, Cooking, Audm and Wirecutter products, and effective 
February 1, 2022, The Athletic. Our access model for our Games, Cooking and Wirecutter products generally offers 
users who have registered free access to limited pieces of content before requiring users to subscribe for access to 
additional content.

Our products also include podcasts, which are distributed both on our digital platforms and on third-party 

platforms. We generate advertising and licensing revenue from this content.

The Times’s print edition newspaper, published seven days a week in the United States, commenced 

publication in 1851. The Times also has an international edition that is tailored for global audiences. First published in 
2013, the international edition succeeded the International Herald Tribune, a leading daily newspaper that 
commenced publishing in Paris in 1887. Our print newspapers are sold in the United States and around the world 
through individual home-delivery subscriptions, bulk subscriptions (primarily by schools and hotels) and single-copy 
sales. Print home-delivery subscribers are entitled to receive free access to our digital news, Games, Cooking and 
Wirecutter products.

P. 2 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

SUBSCRIBERS, SUBSCRIPTIONS AND AUDIENCE

Our content reaches a broad audience through both digital and print platforms. As of December 26, 2021, 
approximately 7.6 million subscribers had purchased approximately 8,789,000 paid subscriptions across 236 countries 
and territories to our digital and print products. As of December 31, 2021, The Athletic, which we acquired on 
February 1, 2022, had approximately 1.2 million subscribers.

Paid digital-only subscriptions totaled approximately 8,005,000 as of December 26, 2021, an increase of 
approximately 19% compared with December 27, 2020. This amount includes standalone paid subscriptions to our 
Games, Cooking, Audm and Wirecutter products. International digital-only news subscriptions represented 
approximately 18% of our digital-only news subscriptions as of December 26, 2021.

The number of paid digital-only subscriptions also includes estimated group education and group corporate 

subscriptions (which collectively represent approximately 5% of total paid digital subscriptions to our news 
products). The numbers of paid group subscriptions and subscribers are derived using the value of the relevant 
contract and a discounted subscription rate. The actual number of users who have access to our products through 
group sales is substantially higher.

According to comScore Media Metrix, an online audience measurement service, in 2021, NYTimes.com had a 

monthly average of approximately 90 million unique visitors in the United States on either desktop/laptop 
computers or mobile devices. Globally, including the United States, NYTimes.com had a monthly average of 
approximately 125 million unique visitors on either desktop/laptop computers or mobile devices, according to 
internal data estimates.

In the United States, The Times had the largest daily and Sunday print circulation of all seven-day newspapers 

for the six-month period ended September 30, 2021, according to data collected by the Alliance for Audited Media 
(“AAM”), an independent agency that audits circulation of most U.S. newspapers and magazines.

For the fiscal year ended December 26, 2021, The Times’s average print circulation (which includes paid and 

qualified circulation of the newspaper in print) was approximately 343,000 for weekday (Monday to Friday) and 
820,000 for Sunday. (Under AAM’s reporting guidance, qualified circulation represents copies available for individual 
consumers that are either non-paid or paid by someone other than the individual, such as copies delivered to schools 
and colleges and copies purchased by businesses for free distribution.)

Average circulation for the international edition of our newspaper (which includes paid circulation of the 

newspaper in print and electronic replica editions) for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2021, and December 27, 
2020, was approximately 91,100 (estimated) and 104,800, respectively. These figures follow the guidance of Office de 
Justification de la Diffusion, an agency based in Paris and a member of the International Federation of Audit Bureaux 
of Circulations that audits the circulation of most newspapers and magazines in France. For 2020, this guidance 
excludes data from March through June 2020 in the calculation of the annual average. The final 2021 figure will not be 
available until April 2022.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 3

ADVERTISING 

We have a comprehensive portfolio of advertising products and services. Advertising revenue is principally 

from advertisers (such as technology, luxury goods and financial companies) promoting products, services or brands 
on digital platforms in the form of display ads, audio and video, and in print, in the form of column-inch ads.

The majority of our advertising revenue is derived from offerings sold directly to marketers by our advertising 
sales teams. A smaller proportion of our total advertising revenues is generated through programmatic auctions run 
by third-party advertising exchanges. 

Digital advertising includes our core digital advertising business and other digital advertising. Our core digital 

advertising includes direct-sold website, mobile application, podcast, email and video advertisements. Our digital 
advertising offerings include solutions that use proprietary first-party data — rather than third-party data — to 
generate predictive insights and help inform our clients’ advertising strategies while leveraging our audiences in 
privacy-forward ways. Other digital advertising includes advertising revenues generated by open-market 
programmatic advertising, creative services associated with branded content, advertisements appearing on our 
Wirecutter product and classified advertising. In 2021, digital advertising represented approximately 62% of our 
advertising revenues.

At the time of its acquisition, The Athletic had a limited advertising business, consisting primarily of podcast 

advertising.  We expect to develop a broader set of advertising products and services for the site over time.

Print advertising for The Times includes revenue from column-inch ads and classified advertising, including 

line-ads as well as preprinted advertising, also known as freestanding inserts. Column-inch ads are priced according 
to established rates, with premiums for color and positioning, and classified advertising is paid for on a per-line basis. 
The Times newspaper had the largest market share in 2021 in print advertising among a national newspaper set that 
consists of USA Today, The Wall Street Journal and The Times, according to MediaRadar, an independent agency that 
measures advertising sales volume. In 2021, print advertising represented approximately 38% of our advertising 
revenues.

Our business is affected in part by seasonal patterns in advertising, with generally higher advertising volume in 

the fourth quarter due to holiday advertising.

COMPETITION

We face a market undergoing profound transformation and significant competition in all aspects of our 
business. We compete for audience, subscribers, and advertising against a wide variety of digital and print media 
companies, including digital and traditional print content providers, news aggregators, search engines, social media 
platforms and streaming services, any of which might attract audiences and/or advertisers to their platforms and 
away from ours.  Our news product most directly competes for audience, subscriptions and advertising with other 
U.S. and global news and information digital and print products, including The Washington Post, The Wall Street 
Journal, CNN, BBC News, Vox, The Guardian and Financial Times. Our digital news product also competes with 
customized news feeds, news aggregators and social media products of companies such as Apple, Alphabet, Meta 
Platforms and Twitter. Our other digital products compete with comparable content providers, as well as other digital 
media of general interest. In addition, we compete for advertising on digital advertising networks and exchanges 
with real-time bidding and other programmatic buying channels.

Competition for subscription revenue and audience is generally based upon content breadth, depth, originality, 

quality and timeliness; product experience; format; price and access model; visibility on search engines and social 
media platforms and in mobile application stores; and service, while competition for advertising is generally based 
upon audience levels and demographics, advertising rates, service, targeting capabilities, advertising results and 
breadth of advertising offerings. We believe that The Times’s original, independent and high-quality reporting, 
storytelling and journalistic excellence across topics and formats set us apart from others and is at the heart of what 
makes our journalism worth paying for, and we believe our journalism attracts valuable audiences providing a safe 
and trusted platform for advertisers’ brands.

P. 4 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

OTHER BUSINESSES

We also derive revenue from other businesses, which primarily include:

• The Company’s licensing of our intellectual property. Our licensing division transmits articles, graphics and 
photographs from The Times and other publications to over 1,500 clients, including newspapers, magazines 
and websites in over 95 countries and territories worldwide. The licensing division also handles digital 
archive distribution, which licenses electronic databases to resellers in the business, professional and library 
markets; magazine licensing; news digests; book development; and rights and permissions. In addition, the 
Company licenses select content to third-party digital platforms for access by their users. Finally, the 
Company licenses content for use in, and collaborates with third parties in the development and production 
of, television and films;

• In addition to advertising and subscription revenue, our Wirecutter product generates affiliate referral 

revenue (revenue generated by offering direct links to merchants in exchange for a portion of the sale price 
upon completion of a transaction); 

• The Company’s commercial printing operations, which utilize excess capacity at our facility in College Point, 

N.Y., to print and distribute products for third parties; and

• The Company’s live events business, which hosts physical and virtual live events to connect audiences with 

our journalists and outside thought leaders, and is monetized through sponsorship and advertising. 

PRINT PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION

The Times is currently printed at our production and distribution facility in College Point, N.Y., as well as 

under contract at 24 remote print sites across the United States. We also utilize excess capacity at our College Point 
facility for commercial printing and distribution for third parties. The Times is delivered in the New York 
metropolitan area through a combination of our own drivers and agreements with other newspapers and third-party 
delivery agents. In other markets in the United States and Canada, The Times is delivered through agreements with 
other newspapers and third-party delivery agents.

The international edition of The Times is printed under contract at 28 sites throughout the world and is sold in 

over 85 countries and territories. It is distributed through agreements with other newspapers and third-party delivery 
agents.

RAW MATERIALS

The primary raw materials we use are newsprint and coated paper, which we purchase from a number of 
North American and European producers. A significant portion of our newsprint is purchased from Resolute FP US 
Inc., a subsidiary of Resolute Forest Products Inc., a large global manufacturer of paper, market pulp and wood 
products.

In 2021 and 2020, we used the following types and quantities of paper:

(In metric tons)

Newsprint(1)

Coated and Supercalendered Paper(2)

(1) Newsprint usage includes paper used for commercial printing.

2021

63,600 

9,800 

2020

71,600 

10,200 

(2)  The Times uses a mix of coated and supercalendered paper for The New York Times Magazine, and coated paper for T: The New York

Times Style Magazine.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 5

 
 
 
 
HUMAN CAPITAL

The talented employees who make up our inclusive workplace are vital to the continued success of our mission 

and business and central to our long-term strategy. In order to attract, develop and maximize the contributions of 
world-class talent, we are working to create a rewarding employee experience in a variety of ways, including building 
a more diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace; developing and promoting talent; providing equitable and 
competitive compensation and benefits (total rewards); and supporting employees’ health, safety and well-being.

Building a more diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace

Each year since 2017, we have prepared an in-depth report on diversity and inclusion at The Times to promote 

accountability over time. Steps to advance our diversity, equity and inclusion goals include:

• Investing in dedicated resources. In 2021, we continued to build out a dedicated team to lead and support 

our diversity, equity and inclusion initiatives.

• Adopting policies, processes and guidelines to promote an equitable and respectful organizational 
culture. This includes a rigorous and transparent process for investigating workplace complaints and 
concerns, as well as ongoing efforts to codify and promote behavioral expectations for employees working at 
The Times on how to approach their work, and engage with, manage and lead each other.

• Focusing on pay equity. Every two years, including in 2021, we conduct a pay-equity study, an in-depth 
review of our compensation practices conducted with an outside expert to identify, assess and rectify any 
inconsistencies in pay. We analyze average differences across race and gender of people performing similar 
work, taking into account factors that explain legitimate differences in pay, such as tenure and performance, 
and also perform a thorough analysis of individual pay. 

• Investing in diversifying the employee pipeline. We are creating and expanding programs like The New 

York Times Fellowship Program (a one-year work program for up-and-coming journalists), hosting an annual 
Student Journalism Institute for journalists of color, and supporting many outside organizations dedicated to 
increasing diversity in journalism, technology and media. 

• Evolving opportunities for identity-based connection. We currently have 13 active employee resource 

groups providing opportunities for employees with a shared identity to support each other and serving as a 
forum through which to develop leadership and management skills.   

Developing and promoting talent

We recognize the importance of creating opportunities for employees to evolve and succeed, at every level.

Identifying and putting in place effective executive leadership is critically important to our success. Our Board 

of Directors works with senior management to ensure that strategic plans are in place for both short- and long-term 
executive succession. The Board conducts an annual detailed review of the Company’s leadership pipeline and 
succession plans for key senior leadership roles. 

We also value ongoing development and continuous learning, and strive to support and provide enriching 

opportunities to our employees.  We have made significant investments to bolster role-based and professional 
development learning and skill building to further meet the needs of our workforce. 

Providing equitable and competitive total rewards

Talent – including our employees and those we seek to hire – is in high demand, particularly journalists and 

people working in digital product development disciplines. 

We offer comprehensive total rewards, which are designed to meet the needs of our current and future 
employees; support the Company’s strategic goals, mission and values; drive a high-performance culture; and offer 
competitive and equitable pay. In line with our business goals, our total rewards philosophy links compensation to 
achieving sustained high performance. Along with the compensation and benefits we provide, our reputation, 
workplace culture, and focus on equity and inclusion are all factors that help us attract and retain highly skilled 
people of diverse backgrounds. 

P. 6 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Supporting employees’ health, safety and well-being

Our employees’ well-being is vital to our success, and their physical and mental health, safety and work-life 

balance are a top priority. We have invested in programs that help support their day-to-day wellness needs and goals 
including, but not limited to: access to licensed professional counselors, health coaching and advocacy services, 
fitness resources, child and elder care help, and more. 

As a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, the vast majority of our employees continue to work remotely. During 

2021, we continued and broadened some of the benefits we introduced in the early stages of the pandemic that were 
designed to support employees during an extended period of working from home, including dependent care relief, 
office-supply reimbursement, ergonomic resources, and mental health and wellness support. We also continue to 
evolve our remote and distributed work policies and practices. These include protocols to protect the health and 
safety of our employees, including those who do not work remotely, such as those who are working in our offices, 
our journalists in the field and employees working in our College Point, N.Y., printing and distribution facility. 

We also continue to adapt to ever-changing workplace and workforce dynamics, and plan to transition to a 

hybrid work model with employees working both from our offices and remotely. We are focused on building 
capabilities to support a variety of work styles where individuals, teams, and our business can be successful. 

Workforce Demographics

We had approximately 5,000 full-time equivalent employees as of December 26, 2021, which includes more than 

2,000 involved in our journalism operation.

Approximately 38% of our full-time equivalent employees were represented by unions as of December 26, 2021. 

In addition, some of our technology employees are seeking to form a union. The following is a list of collective 
bargaining agreements covering various categories of the Company’s employees and their corresponding expiration 
dates. As indicated below, one collective bargaining agreement, under which approximately 26% of our full-time 
equivalent employees are covered, has expired and negotiations for a new contract are ongoing. Additionally, as 
indicated below, one collective bargaining agreement, under which less than 1% of our full-time equivalent 
employees are covered, will expire within one year and we expect negotiations for a new contract to begin in the near 
future. We cannot predict the timing or the outcome of these negotiations.

Employee Category

NewsGuild of New York (The New York Times)

Machinists

Mailers

Voice Actors

NewsGuild of New York (Wirecutter)

Drivers

Typographers

Paperhandlers

Pressmen

Stereotypers

Expiration Date

March 30, 2021

March 30, 2022

March 30, 2023

October 31, 2023

February 28, 2024

March 30, 2025

March 30, 2025

March 30, 2026

March 30, 2026

March 30, 2026

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 7

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We maintain a corporate website at http://www.nytco.com, and we encourage investors and other interested 

persons to use it as a way of easily finding information about us.  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly 
Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, and the Proxy Statement 
for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders are made available, free of charge, on this website as soon as reasonably 
practicable after such reports have been filed with or furnished to the SEC.  In addition, we may periodically make 
announcements or disclose important information for investors on this website, including press releases or news 
regarding our financial performance and other items that may be material or of interest to our investors. Therefore, 
we encourage investors, the media, and others interested in our Company to review the information we post on this 
website.  We have included our website addresses throughout this report as inactive textual references only. The 
information contained on the websites referenced herein is not incorporated into this filing.

P. 8 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

This section highlights specific risks that could affect us and our businesses.  You should carefully consider 

each of the following risks, as well as the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and/or the price of our publicly traded securities could be 
materially adversely affected by any or all of these risks, or by other risks or uncertainties not presently known or 
currently deemed immaterial, that may adversely affect us in the future. 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We face a market undergoing profound transformation and significant competition in all aspects of our business. 

Our industry is transforming as consumer demand transitions from traditional media — such as print 
newspapers — to digital, resulting in rapid changes in consumer behavior, advertiser behavior, talent behavior and 
competitive boundaries. The future structure of our industry remains unpredictable, leading to significant 
opportunity and uncertainty for our business and our competitors.

We operate in a highly competitive environment. We compete for audience share and subscribers, as well as 
subscription revenue, advertising revenue, and other revenues such as licensing and affiliate referral revenues. Our 
competitors include content providers and distributors, as well as news aggregators, search engines and social media 
platforms. Competition among these companies is robust, and new competitors can quickly emerge.  

Our ability to compete effectively depends on many factors both within and beyond our control, including 

among others:

• our ability to continue delivering a breadth of high-quality journalism and content that is interesting and 

relevant to our audience;

• our reputation and brand strength relative to those of our competitors;

• the popularity, usefulness, ease of use, performance, reliability and value of our digital products, compared 

with those of our competitors; 

• the sustained engagement of our audience directly with our products; 

• our ability to reach new users in the United States and abroad;

• our ability to develop, maintain and monetize our products;

• the pricing of our products and our content access model;

• our marketing and selling efforts, including our ability to differentiate our products and services from those 

of our competitors; 

• our visibility on search engines and social media platforms and in mobile app stores, compared with that of 

our competitors; 

• our ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented employees, including journalists and people working in 

digital product development disciplines, among others, who are in high demand; 

• our ability to provide advertisers with a compelling return on their investments; and 

• our ability to manage and grow our business in a cost-effective manner.

Some of our current and potential competitors have greater resources than we do, which may allow them to 

compete more effectively than us. In addition, several of the companies that have competing digital news 
destinations, subscriptions and other products, such as Apple and Alphabet, also control some of the primary 
environments in which we develop relationships with new users and market and sell subscriptions to our products, 
and therefore can affect our ability to compete effectively. Some of these companies encourage their large audiences 
to consume our content within their products, impacting our ability to attract, engage and monetize users directly.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 9

Our ability to grow the size and profitability of our subscriber base depends on many factors, both within and 
beyond our control, and a failure to do so could adversely affect our results of operations and business.

Revenue from subscriptions to our digital and print products makes up a majority of our total revenue. Our 
future growth and profitability depend upon our ability to retain, grow and effectively monetize our audience and 
digital subscriber base in the United States and abroad. We have invested and will continue to invest significant 
resources in our efforts to do so, but there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully grow our subscriber 
base in line with our expectations, or that we will be able to do so without taking steps such as adjusting our pricing 
or incurring subscription acquisition costs that could adversely affect our subscription revenues, margin and/or 
profitability.

Our ability to attract and grow our digital subscriber base depends on the size of our audience and its sustained 
engagement directly with our products, including the breadth, depth and frequency of use. The size and engagement 
of our audience is dependent on many factors both within and beyond our control, including significant news events, 
user sentiment about the quality of our content and products in comparison to our competitors, the free access we 
provide to our content, and our ability to successfully manage changes implemented by search engines that affect the 
visibility of our content, among other factors. If users become less engaged with our products, they may be less likely 
to subscribe. 

We have set a goal to reach 15 million subscribers by the end of 2027 (from approximately 7.6 million as of year-

end 2021) based on our historical performance, as well as internal and external research on the market of adults 
globally who are paying — or are willing to pay — for English-language news, sports information, puzzles, recipes, 
expert shopping advice and/or podcasting. The actual size and speed of development of this market, as well as our 
ability to penetrate this market to grow our subscriber base, are uncertain. Consumers’ willingness to subscribe to our 
products may depend on a variety of factors, including subscriber engagement, our subscription and pricing model, 
our ability to adapt to varied and changing consumer expectations, general economic conditions and their potential 
impact on consumer discretionary spending, and our marketing expenditures and effectiveness, as well as other 
factors within and outside our control. We may also face additional challenges in expanding our subscriber base to 
new audiences within and outside of the United States, which is part of our strategy, and the growth of our business 
could be harmed if our expansion efforts do not succeed. For example, although we have a significant number of 
users outside of the United States, we could be at a disadvantage compared with local and multinational competitors 
who may devote more resources to local or regional coverage than we do. Additionally, with our acquisition of The 
Athletic, we will need to appeal to a new and different subscriber base that currently has modest overlap with the 
subscriber base of our other products. Our continued expansion will depend on our ability to adapt, on a cost-
effective basis, our content, products, pricing and marketing for global audiences. This will include adapting to 
differences in content preferences; product-feature preferences; culture; language; and market dynamics such as user 
behavior, spending capability and payment processing systems. As we grow larger and increase our subscriber base, 
we expect it will become increasingly difficult to maintain our rate of growth. 

We must also manage the rate at which subscribers cancel their subscriptions to our products — what we refer 

to as our “churn.” Subscription cancellations are caused by many and varied reasons, including subscribers’ 
perception that they do not engage with our content sufficiently, the end of promotional pricing or in response to 
increases or other adjustments we may implement from time to time in our subscription pricing, changes in local 
credit card regulations and broader consumer protection regulations, and the expiration of subscribers’ credit cards; 
they may also be facilitated by the rollout of certain new account management features like the ability to cancel a 
subscription online. As we adjust our access model to encourage users who may spend less time with our products to 
subscribe, new subscriber cohorts may not retain at the same rate as prior cohorts of subscribers.

The future growth of our business and profitability also depend on our ability to successfully monetize our 

subscriber relationships and maintain attractive unit economics. We are investing in efforts to encourage subscribers 
to use and pay for multiple products, primarily through our multi-product package (“bundle”), but there can be no 
assurance that such efforts will be successful. We have also implemented and may continue to implement changes in 
our pricing model, such as price increases, that could have an adverse impact on our ability to attract, engage and 
retain subscribers. 

Print subscriptions continue to decline as the media industry has transitioned from being primarily print-
focused to digital and we do not expect this trend to reverse. As print subscriptions fall, we may be unable to slow the 
resulting print revenue declines with revenue from home-delivery price increases. In addition, if we are unable to 

P. 10 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

offset and ultimately replace continued print subscription revenue declines with other sources of revenue, such as 
digital subscriptions, our operating results will be adversely affected.

Our ability to manage and grow the size and profitability of our subscriber base is dependent on metrics that are 
subject to inherent challenges in measurement.

We rely on certain metrics, such as subscriptions, subscribers, average revenue per subscriber and registered 

users, which we use to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance and make strategic decisions. These metrics 
are calculated using internal company data as well as information we receive from our business affiliates, and are 
subject to inherent challenges in measurement. For example, there may be individuals who have multiple Times 
subscriptions or registrations, which we treat as multiple subscribers or registrations, as well as single subscriptions 
and registrations that are used by more than one person. Accordingly, the calculations of our subscribers and 
registered users may not reflect the actual number of people using our products. The accuracy of our metrics also 
depends on accurate reporting by third parties such as Apple and Alphabet, as some of our subscribers purchase their 
subscriptions through these intermediaries. Inaccuracies in these metrics may affect our understanding of certain 
details of our business, which could result in incorrect business decisions and/or affect our longer-term strategies. In 
addition, as our tools for measuring these metrics evolve, the methodologies for tracking may change over time, 
which could result in unexpected changes to our metrics. Real or perceived material inaccuracies in these metrics 
could harm our reputation, subject us to legal or regulatory actions and/or adversely affect our operating and 
financial results.

Our success depends on our ability to improve and scale our technical and data infrastructure and respond and adapt 
to changes in technology and consumer behavior.

Our ability to attract and retain our users is dependent upon the reliable performance and increasing 

capabilities of our products and our underlying technical and data infrastructure. As we invest in our array of 
products and our digital business grows in size, scope and complexity, we must continue to invest in maintaining, 
integrating, improving and scaling our technical infrastructure. Our failure to do so effectively, or any significant 
disruption in our service, could damage our reputation, result in a potential loss or ineffective monetization of users, 
and adversely affect our financial results. 

The continuing rapid evolution of technology in the media industry and changes in the preferences and 
expectations of consumers also pose a number of challenges that could adversely affect our revenues and competitive 
position. For example, among others:

• we may be unable to maintain or update our technology infrastructure quickly enough and in a way that 

meets market and consumer demands; 

• we may fail to successfully manage changes implemented by social media platforms, search engines, news 
aggregators, mobile app stores and device manufacturers, including those that encourage user engagement 
with our content in their environments rather than directing users to our products, and those affecting how 
our content and applications are discovered, prioritized, displayed and monetized;

• the consumption of our content on delivery platforms of third parties may lead to limitations on monetization 

of our products, the loss of control over distribution of our content and of a direct relationship with our 
audience, and lower engagement and subscription rates; 

• consumers may increasingly use technology that decreases our ability to enforce limits on the free access we 
provide to our content and/or obtain useful information with respect to the behavior of users who engage 
with our products; and 

• we may fail to successfully adapt our digital products to meet changing consumer preferences and 

expectations regarding privacy and security.

We continue to invest significant resources to mitigate these potential risks and to build, maintain and evolve 
our products, data and technology infrastructure. These investments may adversely impact our operating results in 
the near term and there can be no assurance as to our ability to use new and existing technologies to distinguish our 
products and services from those of our competitors, develop in a timely manner compelling new products and 
services that engage users, or sufficiently improve and scale our technical infrastructure and prevent disruptions in 
our service. If we are not successful in adapting our technical and data infrastructure and responding to changes in 
technology and consumer behavior, our business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 11

Our advertising revenues are affected by numerous factors, including economic conditions, market dynamics, 
evolving digital advertising trends and the evolution of our strategy.

We derive substantial revenues from the sale of advertising in our products. Advertising spending is sensitive 

to overall economic conditions, and our advertising revenues could be adversely affected if advertisers respond to 
weak or uneven economic conditions by reducing their budgets or shifting spending patterns or priorities, or if they 
are forced to consolidate or cease operations. Worldwide economic conditions in the aftermath of the Covid-19 
pandemic, including supply chain disruptions and inflationary pressures, may materially adversely affect our 
advertising revenues. 

As the digital advertising market continues to evolve, our ability to compete successfully for advertising 
budgets will depend on, among other things, our ability to engage and grow digital audiences, collect and leverage 
data, and demonstrate the value of our advertising and the effectiveness of our products to advertisers. In 
determining whether to buy advertising with us, our advertisers consider the demand for our products, 
demographics of our audience, advertising rates, results observed by advertisers, breadth and perceived effectiveness 
of advertising offerings and alternative advertising options. 

Large digital platforms, such as Meta Platforms, Alphabet and Amazon, which have greater audience reach, 

audience data and targeting capabilities than we do, command a large share of the digital display advertising market, 
and we anticipate that this will continue. The remaining market is subject to significant competition among publishers 
and other content providers, and audience fragmentation. These dynamics have affected, and will likely continue to 
affect, our ability to attract and retain advertisers and to maintain or increase our advertising rates.

Additionally, digital advertising networks and exchanges with real-time bidding and other programmatic 

buying channels that allow advertisers to buy audiences at scale also play a significant role in the marketplace and 
represent another competitive threat. They have caused and may continue to cause further downward pricing 
pressure and the loss of a direct relationship with marketers, especially during periods of economic downturn.

The evolving standards for delivery of digital advertising, as well as the development and implementation of 

technology, regulations, policies and practices that adversely affect our ability to deliver, target or measure the 
effectiveness of advertising (such as blocking the display of advertising, the phase-out of browser support for third-
party cookies and of mobile operating systems for advertising identifiers), may also adversely affect our advertising 
revenues if we are unable to develop effective solutions to mitigate their impact. 

Additionally, our digital advertising offerings also now include products that use proprietary first-party data 
— rather than third-party data — to generate predictive insights and help inform our clients’ advertising strategies. 
Our ability to quickly and effectively evolve these products; the volume, quality, and price of competitive products; 
and continued changes to industry regulation all have the potential to impact the success of this strategy.

We have also taken further steps intended to improve our users’ experiences and retain and grow our 

subscriber base. For example, in order to improve users’ experiences, we ceased presenting open-market 
programmatic advertising in our iOS and Android mobile applications. While these changes may result in long-term 
benefits for our advertising revenue, they have reduced and may further reduce the inventory for some of our digital 
advertising products and may otherwise impact advertising revenues. 

Our digital advertising operations also rely on a small number of significant technologies (particularly 
Alphabet’s ad manager) which, if interrupted or meaningfully changed, or if the providers leverage their power to 
alter the economic structure, could have an adverse impact on our advertising revenues, operating costs and/or 
operating results.

Although print advertising revenue continues to represent a significant portion of our total advertising revenue 
(approximately 38% of our total advertising revenues in 2021), the overall proportion continues to decline and we do 
not expect this trend to reverse. This trend was further accelerated by the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and 
efforts to contain it on some of our traditional print advertisers, such as entertainment and retail. A further decline in 
the economic prospects of these and other advertisers could alter current or prospective advertisers’ spending 
priorities or result in consolidation or closures across various industries, which may reduce the Company’s print and 
overall advertising revenue. 

P. 12 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Our brand and reputation are key assets of the Company. Negative perceptions or publicity could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe The New York Times brand is a powerful and trusted brand with an excellent reputation for high-

quality independent journalism and content, and this brand is a key element of our business. Our brand might be 
damaged by incidents that erode consumer trust (such as negative publicity), a perception that our journalism is 
unreliable or a decline in the perceived value of independent journalism or general trust in the media, which may be 
in part as a result of changing political and cultural environments in the United States and abroad or active 
campaigns by domestic and international political and commercial actors. We may introduce new products or 
services that users do not like and that may negatively affect our brand. We also may fail to provide adequate 
customer service, which could erode confidence in our brand. Our brand and reputation could also be adversely 
impacted by negative claims or publicity regarding the Company or its operations, products, employees, practices 
(including social and environmental practices) or business affiliates (including advertisers); as well as our potential 
inability to adequately respond to such negative claims or publicity, even if such claims are untrue. Our reputation 
could also be damaged by failures of third-party vendors we rely on in many contexts. We are investing in defining 
and enhancing our brand. These investments are considerable and may not be successful. To the extent our brand and 
reputation are damaged, our ability to attract and retain readers, subscribers, advertisers and/or employees could be 
adversely affected, which could in turn have an adverse impact on our business, revenues and operating results.

The continuing impact of the Covid-19 pandemic is difficult to predict and creates considerable uncertainty for our 
business.

The global Covid-19 pandemic continues to have widespread, rapidly evolving, and unpredictable impacts on 

global society, economies, financial markets and business practices. The pandemic, efforts to contain it, and the 
resulting disruptions have impacted our business in various ways. There is substantial uncertainty as to the nature 
and degree of the continued effects of the pandemic over time.

For example, during 2020 we experienced significant growth in the number of subscriptions to our digital news 

and other products, which we believe was attributable in part to an increase in traffic given the news environment 
and as a result of the pandemic. The rate of digital subscription growth moderated in 2021, although it was our 
second-best year for net subscription additions, and we do not expect the 2020 growth rate to be indicative of results 
for future periods. The growth in subscriptions to our products during the pandemic may also in part reflect changes 
in how our users spend their time during the pandemic, and our ability to attract and retain subscribers may continue 
to be impacted by patterns of behavior influenced by the course of the pandemic. In addition, revenues from the 
single-copy and bulk sales of our print newspaper have been, and we expect will continue to be, adversely affected as 
a result of continued increased levels of remote working and reductions in travel. 

The worldwide economic slowdown caused by the pandemic led to a significant decline in our advertising 
revenues in 2020 as advertisers reduced their spending. While we experienced significantly increased demand for 
advertising in 2021, particularly with respect to digital advertising as the broader advertising market recovered, there 
is no assurance that this recovery will be sustained, and developments related to the pandemic such as global supply 
chain disruptions and labor shortages, among others, could adversely impact our advertising revenues in the future if 
our advertisers were to reduce their advertising spend as a result. We expect reduced print advertising spending by 
businesses that continue to be negatively impacted by the pandemic, along with secular trends, to continue to 
adversely affect our print advertising revenues, and some of our print advertising revenues may not return to pre-
pandemic levels.  In addition, the pandemic and attempts to contain it have resulted in the postponement and 
cancellation of live events, and while this impact moderated in 2021, this continues to adversely affect our revenues 
from live events and related services. 

As a result of the ongoing pandemic, we altered certain aspects of our operations and the vast majority of our 
employees continue to work remotely.  Remote work may heighten operational risk (including cybersecurity risk), 
result in a decline in productivity or otherwise negatively affect our ability to manage the business. In addition, if a 
significant portion of our workforce is unable to work due to illness, power outages, connectivity issues or other 
causes that impact our employees’ ability to work remotely, our operations may be negatively impacted.  We will 
continue to actively monitor these other comparable issues raised by the pandemic and may take further actions that 
alter our business operations as may be required or that we determine are appropriate. It is not clear what effects any 
such alterations or modifications may have on our business and financial results.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 13

The Times newspaper is printed at our production and distribution facility in College Point, N.Y., as well as 
under contract at remote print sites, and significant operational disruptions at these facilities, or at our newsprint 
suppliers or print and distribution partners, could adversely affect our operating results. If a significant percentage of 
our College Point employees were unable to work as a result of the pandemic or because of vaccination mandates, 
our ability to print and distribute the newspaper and other commercial print products in the New York area could be 
negatively affected. To the extent our newsprint suppliers or print and distribution partners are further affected by 
financial pressures, labor shortages, supply chain issues or other circumstances relating to Covid-19 that lead to 
reduced operations or consolidations or closures of print sites and/or distribution routes, this could lead to an 
increase in costs to print and distribute our newspapers and/or a decrease in revenues if printing and distribution are 
disrupted. 

The future impact that the Covid-19 pandemic will have on our business, operations and financial results is 
uncertain and will depend on numerous evolving factors and future developments that we are not able to reliably 
predict or mitigate, including the extent of variants and resurgences; the effect of ongoing vaccination and mitigation 
efforts; the impact of the pandemic on economic conditions and the companies with which we do business, including 
our advertisers; governmental, business and other’s actions in response to the pandemic; and changes in consumer 
behavior as a result of the pandemic, among many other factors. It is also possible that the Covid-19 pandemic may 
accelerate or worsen the other risks discussed in this section.

The international scope of our business exposes us to economic, geopolitical and other risks inherent in foreign 
operations.

We have news bureaus and other offices around the world, and our digital and print products are generally 

offered globally. We are focused on further expanding the international scope of our business and face the inherent 
risks associated with doing business abroad, including:

• government policies and regulations that restrict our products and operations, including censorship or other 
restrictions on access to our content and products; the expulsion of journalists or other employees; or other 
restrictive or retaliatory actions or behavior;

• effectively managing and staffing foreign operations, including complying with local laws and regulations in 

each different jurisdiction;

• providing for the safety and security of our journalists and other employees and affiliates;

• potential economic, legal, political or social uncertainty and volatility in local or global market conditions or 
catastrophic events (e.g., a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, a pandemic (such as the Covid-19 pandemic), 
epidemic or outbreak of a disease or severe weather) that could adversely affect the companies with which 
we do business, cause changes in discretionary spending, restrict our journalists’ travel or otherwise 
adversely impact our operations and business;

• navigating local customs and practices;

• protecting and enforcing our intellectual property and other rights under varying legal regimes;

• complying with international laws and regulations, including those governing intellectual property, libel and 
defamation, labor and employment, tax, payment processing, consumer privacy and the collection, use, 
retention, sharing and security of consumer and staff data;

• restrictions on the ability of U.S. companies to do business in foreign countries, including restrictions on 

foreign ownership, foreign investment or repatriation of funds;

• higher-than-anticipated costs of entry; and

• currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Adverse developments in any of these areas could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition 

and results of operations. For example, we may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly 
adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply.   

P. 14 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Attracting and maintaining a talented and diverse workforce, which is vital to our success, is increasingly 
challenging and costly; failure to do so could have a negative impact on our competitive position, reputation, 
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to attract, develop and maximize the contributions of world-class talent, and to create the conditions 

for our people to do their best work, is vital to the continued success of our mission and business and central to our 
long-term strategy. Talent is in high demand, particularly journalists and people working in digital product 
development disciplines. Our employees and individuals we seek to hire are highly sought after by our competitors 
and other companies, some of which have greater resources than we have and may offer compensation packages that 
are perceived to be better than ours. As a result, we may not be able to retain our existing employees or hire new 
employees quickly enough to meet our needs. 

Our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled talent from diverse backgrounds for all areas of our 

organization depends on many factors, including our reputation; workplace culture; progress with respect to 
diversity, equity and inclusion efforts; and the compensation and benefits we provide. Employee-related costs are our 
main operating costs, and these costs have increased in recent years as we have invested in our business and 
competed for talent, and may further increase. Stock-based compensation is an increasing component of our overall 
compensation costs, and if the perceived value of our equity awards relative to our competitors declines, including as 
a result of volatility or declines in the market price of our Class A common stock or changes in perception about our 
future prospects, that may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain talent. We must also continue to adapt to 
ever-changing workplace and workforce dynamics and other changes in the business and cultural landscape. We plan 
to transition to a hybrid work model, with employees working both from our offices and remotely, which may 
challenge our corporate culture, make us undesirable to talent that prefers different working arrangements, pressure 
our operations and introduce additional costs as we invest in our offices and technological improvements to support 
hybrid work. Failing to adapt effectively to these changes or to otherwise meet workforce expectations could impact 
our ability to compete effectively (including for talent) or have an adverse impact on our corporate culture or 
operations. Effective succession planning is also important to our long-term success, and a failure to effectively ensure 
the transfer of knowledge and train and integrate new employees could hinder our strategic planning and execution. 
If we are unable to attract and maintain a talented and diverse workforce, it would negatively disrupt our operations 
and our ability to complete ongoing projects; would impact our competitive position and reputation; and could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

A significant number of our employees are unionized, and our business and results of operations could be adversely 
affected if labor agreements were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations.

Approximately 38% of our full-time equivalent employees were represented by unions as of December 26, 2021, 

including certain employees at Wirecutter who formed a union in 2019. As a result, we are required to negotiate the 
wages, benefits and other terms and conditions of employment with many of our employees collectively.  In addition, 
some of our technology employees are seeking to form a union. Our business and results could be adversely affected 
if future labor negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our 
operations, or if a larger percentage of our employees were to unionize.  If we are unable to negotiate labor contracts 
on reasonable terms, or if we were to experience significant labor unrest or other business interruptions in connection 
with labor negotiations or otherwise, our ability to produce and deliver our products could be impaired. Labor unrest 
or campaigns by labor organizations have resulted in and may continue to result in negative publicity, which can 
adversely impact our reputation and our ability to recruit, retain and motivate talent, as well as divert management’s 
attention and resources. In addition, our ability to make adjustments to control compensation and benefits costs, 
change our strategy or otherwise adapt to changing business needs may be further limited by the terms and duration 
of our collective bargaining agreements. 

Adverse results from litigation or governmental investigations can impact our business practices and operating 
results.

From time to time, we are party to litigation, including matters relating to alleged libel or defamation and 

employment-related matters, as well as regulatory, environmental and other proceedings with governmental 
authorities and administrative agencies. See Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements regarding 
certain matters. Adverse outcomes in lawsuits or investigations could result in significant monetary damages or 
injunctive relief that could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition as well as our ability to 
conduct our business as it is presently being conducted. In addition, regardless of merit or outcome, such proceedings 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 15

can have an adverse impact on the Company as a result of legal costs, diversion of management and other personnel, 
harm to our reputation, and other factors.

Risks Related to Acquisitions, Divestitures and Investments

We incurred substantial costs in our recent acquisitions of The Athletic, and our future investments in connection 
with the acquisition may prove costlier than we anticipate. As a result, we may not realize the expected benefits as 
and when we have forecasted or at all.

We completed the acquisition of The Athletic, a global digital subscription-based sports media business, on 

February 1, 2022 for an all-cash price of approximately $550 million, subject to customary closing adjustments.  We 
also incurred significant non-recurring expenses in connection with this acquisition, including legal, accounting, 
financial advisory, integration planning and other expenses. We intend to invest additional amounts in an effort to 
scale The Athletic’s subscriptions business,  build its advertising business and make The Athletic, which operated at 
a loss prior to the acquisition, accretive to our overall profitability.

In addition, while we intend to operate The Athletic as a standalone product, we expect that it will still require 

significant attention and resources from our management team and others working on the transition. This will 
include the implementation of public company policies and procedures, including effective internal control over 
financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, legal standards and compliance and information security 
practices. Devoting resources to this integration of The Athletic into the Company means that these resources will be 
redeployed to varying degrees from their normal day-to-day activities. This could impair our effectiveness and 
efficiency and may have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.   

The success of The Athletic acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to apply our subscription, 
advertising, marketing and operational expertise to help scale their growth in a profitable, efficient and effective 
manner.  We may not be able to manage The Athletic successfully, or doing so may be costlier than we anticipate, and 
we may experience difficulty in realizing the expected benefits of this acquisition. Potential difficulties that may be 
encountered may include the loss of key employees, unknown liabilities, unforeseen expenses and/or other 
complexities associated with the integration.

We may fail to meet our publicly announced guidance about the impact of The Athletic on our business and future 
operating results, which would cause our stock price to decline.

Our publicly announced guidance and expectations with respect to the impact of The Athletic acquisition on 
our revenue growth and operating results are based on forecasts prepared by our management. Forecasts are based 
upon a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to significant business, economic and 
competitive uncertainties and contingencies relating to our business, many of which are beyond our control and/or 
are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, which may change. While all 
guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, guidance relating to the anticipated results of operations of a recently 
acquired business is inherently more speculative in nature than other guidance as management will, necessarily, be 
less familiar with the business, procedures and operations of the recently acquired business. It is possible that some 
or all of our assumptions regarding The Athletic underlying any guidance furnished by us may turn out not to be 
correct and actual results may vary significantly from our guidance.

Our business will be impacted by risks applicable to The Athletic.

While we intend to operate The Athletic as a standalone product, its results will be consolidated with ours and 

accordingly, from the completion of the acquisition, our results are subject to risks and uncertainties affecting its 
business. These risks include many of the risks outlined elsewhere in these risk factors, as well as others. In our 
review of The Athletic in connection with the acquisition, we may have failed to identify or fully prepare for all of 
the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges facing the business, including issues related to 
intellectual property, privacy, data protection, information security practices, regulatory compliance practices and 
tax and employment practices. To the extent unexpected liabilities arise, our recourse to the former owners of The 
Athletic will be limited and our remedies under customary representation and warranty insurance we obtained in 
connection with the acquisition may not be adequate to offset such liabilities. As a result, any such liabilities, if 
significant, could have a material adverse effect on us.

P. 16 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Investments we make in new and existing products and services expose us to risks and challenges that could 
adversely affect our operations and profitability.

We have invested and expect to continue to invest significant resources to enhance and expand our existing 
products and services and to acquire and develop new products and services. These investments have included, in 
addition to The Athletic, among others: enhancements to our core news product and other products (including 
Games, Cooking, Audm and Wirecutter); investments in various audio, film and television and children’s product 
initiatives; and investments in our commercial printing and other ancillary operations. These efforts present 
numerous risks and challenges, including the need for us to appeal to new audiences, develop additional expertise 
in certain areas, overcome technological and operational challenges and effectively allocate capital resources; new 
and/or increased costs (including marketing costs and costs to recruit, integrate and retain talented employees); 
risks associated with strategic relationships such as content licensing; new competitors (some of which may have 
more resources and experience in certain areas); and additional legal and regulatory risks from expansion into new 
areas. As a result of these and other risks and challenges, growth into new areas may divert internal resources and 
the attention of our management and other personnel, including journalists and product and technology specialists. 

Although we believe we have a strong and well-established reputation as a global media company, our ability 

to market our products effectively, and to gain and maintain an audience, particularly for some of our new digital 
products, is not certain, and if they are not favorably received, our brand may be adversely affected. Even if our new 
products and services, or enhancements to existing products and services, are favorably received, they may not 
advance our business strategy as expected, may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities and may fall short of 
expected return on investment targets or fail to generate sufficient revenue to justify our investments, which could 
adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Acquisitions, divestitures, investments and other transactions could adversely affect our costs, revenues, 
profitability and financial position.

In order to position our business to take advantage of growth opportunities, we intend to continue to engage in 

discussions, evaluate opportunities and enter into agreements for possible additional acquisitions, divestitures, 
investments and other transactions. We may also consider the acquisition of, or investment in, specific properties, 
businesses or technologies that fall outside our traditional lines of business and diversify our portfolio, including 
those that may operate in new and developing industries, if we deem such properties sufficiently attractive. 

Acquisitions may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including:

• difficulties in integrating acquired businesses (including cultural challenges associated with transitioning 

employees from the acquired company into our organization);

• failure to identify in advance liabilities, deficiencies, or other claims;

• diversion of management attention from other business concerns or resources;

• use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business;

• possible dilution of our brand or harm to our reputation;

• the potential loss of key employees; 

• risks associated with new strategic relationships;

• risks associated with integrating financial reporting, internal control and information technology systems; 

and

• other unanticipated problems and liabilities.

Competition for certain types of acquisitions is significant. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition 

candidates, and we may not be able to complete acquisitions or other strategic transactions on favorable terms, or at 
all. Even if successfully negotiated, closed and integrated, certain acquisitions or investments may prove not to 
advance our business strategy, may cause us to incur unanticipated costs or liabilities, may result in write-offs of 
impaired assets, and may fall short of expected return on investment targets, which could adversely affect our 
business, results of operations and financial condition.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 17

In addition, we have divested and may in the future divest certain assets or businesses that no longer fit with 

our strategic direction or growth targets. Divestitures involve significant risks and uncertainties that could adversely 
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. These include, among others, the inability to find 
potential buyers on favorable terms, disruption to our business and/or diversion of management attention from other 
business concerns, loss of key employees and possible retention of certain liabilities related to the divested business.

Finally, we have made investments in companies, and we may make similar investments in the future. 
Investments in these businesses subject us to the operating and financial risks of these businesses and to the risk that 
we do not have sole control over the operations of these businesses. Our investments are generally illiquid and the 
absence of a market may inhibit our ability to dispose of them. In addition, if the book value of an investment were to 
exceed its fair value, we would be required to recognize an impairment charge related to the investment.

Risks Related to Our Operating Costs

The nature of significant portions of our expenses may limit our operating flexibility and could adversely affect our 
results of operations.

Our main operating costs are employee-related costs, and these costs have increased in recent years as we have 
invested in our business and competed for talent that is in high demand, and may further increase. Employee-related 
costs generally do not decrease proportionately with revenues. In addition, our ability to make short-term 
adjustments to manage our costs or to make changes to our business strategy may be limited by certain of our 
collective bargaining agreements. If we were unable to implement cost-control efforts or reduce our operating costs 
sufficiently in response to a decline in our revenues, our profitability will be adversely affected.

The size and volatility of our pension plan obligations may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and 
liquidity. 

We sponsor a frozen single-employer defined benefit pension plan. Although we have frozen participation and 

benefits under our single-employer plan and have taken other steps to reduce the size and volatility of our pension 
plan obligations, our results of operations will be affected by the amount of income or expense we record for, and the 
contributions we are required to make to, this plan. 

In addition, the Company and the NewsGuild of New York jointly sponsor a defined benefit plan that 

continues to accrue active benefits for employees represented by the NewsGuild. 

We are required to make contributions to our plans to comply with minimum funding requirements imposed 
by laws governing those plans. As of December 26, 2021, our qualified defined benefit pension plans had plan assets 
that were approximately $74 million above the present value of future benefit obligations. Our obligation to make 
additional contributions to our plans, and the timing of any such contributions, depends on a number of factors, 
many of which are beyond our control. These include legislative changes; assumptions about mortality; and economic 
conditions, including a low interest rate environment or sustained volatility and disruption in the stock and bond 
markets, which impact discount rates and returns on plan assets. 

As a result of required contributions to our qualified pension plans, we may have less cash available for 
working capital and other corporate uses, which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial 
condition and liquidity.

In addition, the Company sponsors several non-qualified pension plans, with unfunded obligations totaling 

$239 million as of December 26, 2021. Although we have frozen participation and benefits under all but one of these 
plans, and have taken other steps to reduce the size and volatility of our obligations under these plans, a number of 
factors, including changes in discount rates or mortality tables, may have an adverse impact on our results of 
operations and financial condition. 

Our participation in multiemployer pension plans may subject us to liabilities that could materially adversely affect 
our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

We participate in, and make periodic contributions to, various multiemployer pension plans that cover many of 

our current and former production and delivery employees and a small number of voice actors who work on Audm, 
our read-aloud audio service. Our required contributions to certain plans have increased as our commercial printing 
operations have expanded. 

P. 18 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

The risks of participating in multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in that assets 
contributed are pooled and may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. If a 
participating employer withdraws from or otherwise ceases to contribute to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the 
plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. Our required contributions to these plans could 
increase because of a shrinking contribution base as a result of the insolvency or withdrawal of other companies that 
currently contribute to these plans, the inability or failure of withdrawing companies to pay their withdrawal liability, 
low interest rates, lower than expected returns on pension fund assets, other funding deficiencies, or potential 
legislative action. Our withdrawal liability for any multiemployer pension plan will depend on the nature and timing 
of any triggering event and the extent of that plan’s funding of vested benefits. 

If a multiemployer pension plan in which we participate has significant underfunded liabilities, such 
underfunding will increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability. In addition, under federal pension law, 
special funding rules apply to multiemployer pension plans that are classified as “endangered,” “critical” or “critical 
and declining.” When a multiemployer pension plan in which we participate enters “endangered,” “critical” or 
“critical and declining” status, we can be required to make additional contributions and/or benefit reductions may 
apply. Currently, three of the significant multiemployer plans in which we participate are classified as “critical and 
declining.”

We have recorded significant withdrawal liabilities with respect to multiemployer pension plans in which we 

formerly participated (primarily in connection with the sales of the New England Media Group in 2013 and the 
Regional Media Group in 2012) and may record additional liabilities in the future. In addition, due to declines in our 
contributions, we have recorded withdrawal liabilities for actual and estimated partial withdrawals from several 
plans in which we continue to participate. Until demand letters from some of the multiemployer pension funds are 
received, the exact amount of the withdrawal liability will not be fully known and, as such, a difference from the 
recorded estimate could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. All of 
the significant multiemployer plans in which we participate are specific to the newspaper and broader printing and 
publishing industries, which continue to undergo significant pressure. A withdrawal by a significant percentage of 
participating employers may result in a mass withdrawal declaration by the trustees of one or more of these plans, 
which would require us to record additional withdrawal liabilities.  

If, in the future, we elect to withdraw from these plans or if we trigger a partial withdrawal due to declines in 

contribution base units or a partial cessation of our obligation to contribute, additional liabilities would need to be 
recorded that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. 
Legislative changes could also affect our funding obligations or the amount of withdrawal liability we incur if a 
withdrawal were to occur.

Significant disruptions in our newsprint supply chain or newspaper printing and distribution channels, or a 
significant increase in the costs to print and distribute our newspaper, would have an adverse effect on our operating 
results.

The Times newspaper, as well as other commercial print products, are printed at our production and 

distribution facility in College Point, N.Y.  Outside of the New York area, The Times is printed and distributed under 
contracts with print and distribution partners across the United States and internationally. 

Our production and distribution facility and our print partners rely on suppliers for deliveries of newsprint, 

and the availability of newsprint supply may be affected by various factors, including supply chain disruptions, 
transportation issues, labor shortages or unrest, and other disruptions that may affect production or deliveries of 
newsprint. In addition, the price of newsprint has historically been volatile and could increase as a result of various 
factors. A significant disruption in our or our partners’ newsprint supply chain, or a significant increase in the price of 
newsprint, would adversely affect our operating results.

To the extent that financial pressures, newspaper industry trends or economics, labor shortages or unrest, or 

other circumstances affect our print and distribution partners and/or lead to reduced operations or consolidations or 
closures of print sites and/or distribution routes, this could increase the cost of printing and distributing our 
newspapers and/or decrease our revenues if printing and distribution are disrupted. Some of our print and 
distribution partners have taken steps to reduce their geographic scope and/or the frequency with which newspapers 
are printed and distributed that have not been reversed, and additional partners may take similar steps. The 
geographic scope and frequency with which newspapers are printed and distributed by our partners at times affects 
our ability to print and distribute our newspaper and can adversely affect our operating results.  

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 19

If we experience significant disruptions in our newsprint supply chain or newspaper printing and distribution 

channels, or a significant increase in the costs to print and distribute our newspaper, our operating results may be 
adversely affected.

Risks Related to Information Systems and Other Technology

Security breaches and other network and information systems disruptions could affect our ability to conduct our 
business effectively and damage our reputation.

Our systems store and process confidential subscriber, employee and other sensitive personal and Company 

data, and therefore maintaining our network security is of critical importance. In addition, we rely on the technology 
and systems provided by third-party vendors (including cloud-based service providers) for a variety of operations, 
including encryption and authentication technology, employee email, domain name registration, content delivery to 
customers, administrative functions (including payroll processing and certain finance and accounting functions) and 
other operations.

We regularly face attempts by malicious actors to breach our security and compromise our information 

technology systems. These attackers may use a blend of technology and social engineering techniques (including 
denial of service attacks, phishing attempts intended to induce our employees and users to disclose information or 
unwittingly provide access to systems or data, and other techniques) to disrupt service or exfiltrate data. Information 
security threats are constantly evolving, increasing the difficulty of detecting and successfully defending against 
them. We and the third parties with which we work may be more vulnerable to the risk from activities of this nature 
as a result of operational changes such as significant increases in remote working. To date, no incidents have had, 
either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of 
operations.

In addition, our systems, and those of the third parties with which we work and on which we rely, may be 

vulnerable to interruption or damage that can result from the effects of natural disasters or climate change (such as 
increased storm severity and flooding); fires; power, systems or internet outages; acts of terrorism; pandemics (such 
as Covid-19); or other similar events.

We have implemented controls and taken other preventative measures designed to strengthen our systems 
against such incidents and attacks, including measures designed to reduce the impact of a security breach at our 
third-party vendors. Efforts to prevent hackers from disrupting our service or otherwise accessing our systems are 
expensive to develop, implement and maintain. These efforts require ongoing monitoring and updating as 
technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become more sophisticated, and may limit the 
functionality of or otherwise negatively impact our products, services and systems. Although the costs of the controls 
and other measures we have taken to date have not had a material effect on our financial condition, results of 
operations or liquidity, the costs and effort to respond to a security breach and/or to mitigate any security 
vulnerabilities that may be identified in the future could be significant.

There can also be no assurance that the actions, measures and controls we have implemented will be effective 

against future attacks or be sufficient to prevent a future security breach or other disruption to our network or 
information systems, or those of our third-party providers, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all 
eventualities. Such an event could result in a disruption of our services, improper disclosure of personal data or 
confidential information, or theft or misuse of our intellectual property, all of which could harm our reputation, 
require us to expend resources to remedy such a security breach or defend against further attacks, divert 
management’s attention and resources or subject us to liability under laws that protect personal data, or otherwise 
adversely affect our business. While we maintain cyber risk insurance, the costs relating to any data breach could be 
substantial, and our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all losses related to any future breaches of our systems.

Failure to comply with laws and regulations with respect to privacy, data protection and consumer marketing 
practices could adversely affect our business.

Our business is subject to various laws and regulations of local and foreign jurisdictions with respect to privacy 

and the collection and use of personal data, as well as laws and regulations with respect to consumer marketing 
practices. 

P. 20 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Various federal and state laws and regulations, as well as the laws of foreign jurisdictions, govern the 
processing (including the collection, use, retention and sharing) and security of the data we receive from and about 
individuals. Failure to protect confidential data, provide individuals with adequate notice of our privacy policies or 
obtain required valid consent, for example, could subject us to liabilities imposed by these jurisdictions. Existing 
privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various 
federal and state legislative and regulatory bodies, as well as foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, may expand 
current or enact new laws regarding privacy and data protection. For example, the General Data Protection 
Regulation adopted by the European Union imposes stringent data protection requirements and significant penalties 
for noncompliance; California’s Consumer Privacy Act and Consumer Privacy Rights Act, and associated regulations, 
create new data privacy rights; and the European Union’s forthcoming ePrivacy Regulation is expected to impose, 
with respect to electronic communications, stricter data protection and data processing requirements.

In addition, various federal and state laws and regulations, as well as the laws of foreign jurisdictions, govern 

the manner in which we market our subscription products, including with respect to subscriptions, billing and 
automatic-renewal. These laws and regulations often differ across jurisdictions and continue to evolve. These laws, as 
well as any changes in these laws, could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain subscribers. 

Existing and newly adopted laws and regulations with respect to privacy, the collection and use of personal 

data, and consumer marketing practices (or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations) have imposed and 
may continue to impose obligations that may affect our business, place increasing demands on our technical 
infrastructure and resources, require us to incur increased compliance costs and cause us to further adjust our 
advertising or marketing practices. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us or the third parties upon which we rely to 
comply with laws and regulations that govern our business operations, as well as any failure, or perceived failure, by 
us or the third parties upon which we rely to comply with our own posted policies, could result in claims against us 
by governmental entities or others, negative publicity and a loss of confidence in us by our users and advertisers. 
Each of these potential consequences could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are subject to payment processing risk.

We accept payments through third parties using a variety of different payment methods, including credit and 

debit cards and direct debit. We rely on third parties’ systems as well as our own internal systems to process 
payments. Acceptance and processing of these payment methods are subject to certain certifications, rules, 
regulations and industry standards. To the extent that there are disruptions in our or third-party payment processing 
systems, errors in charges made to subscribers, material changes in the payment ecosystem such as large re-issuances 
of payment cards by credit card issuers, and/or changes to rules, regulations or industry standards concerning 
payment processing, we could experience increased costs and/or be subject to fines and/or civil liability, which could 
harm our reputation and adversely impact our revenue, operating expenses and results of operations. 

In addition, we have experienced, and from time to time may continue to experience, fraudulent use of 
payment methods for subscriptions to our digital products. If we are unable to adequately control and manage this 
practice, it could result in inaccurately inflated subscription figures used for internal planning purposes and public 
reporting, which could adversely affect our ability to manage our business and harm our reputation. If we are unable 
to maintain our fraud and chargeback rate at acceptable levels, our card approval rate may be impacted and card 
networks could impose fines and additional card authentication requirements, or terminate our ability to process 
payments which would impact our business and results of operations as well as result in negative consumer 
perceptions of our brand.  We have taken measures to detect and reduce fraud but these measures may not be 
effective and may need to be continually improved as fraudulent schemes become more sophisticated. These 
measures may add friction to our subscription processes, which could adversely affect our ability to add new 
subscribers.

The termination of our ability to accept payments on any major payment method would significantly impair 
our ability to operate our business, including our ability to add and retain subscribers and collect subscription and 
advertising revenues, and would adversely affect our results of operations.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 21

Defects, delays or interruptions in the cloud-based hosting services we utilize could adversely affect our reputation 
and operating results.

We currently utilize third-party subscription-based software services as well as public cloud infrastructure 

services to provide solutions for many of our computing and bandwidth needs. Any interruptions to these services 
generally could result in interruptions in service to our subscribers and advertisers and/or the Company’s critical 
business functions, notwithstanding any business continuity or disaster recovery plans or agreements that may 
currently be in place with some of these providers. This could result in unanticipated downtime and/or harm to our 
operations, reputation and operating results. A transition of these services to different cloud providers would be 
difficult to implement and cause us to incur significant time and expense. In addition, if hosting costs increase over 
time and/or if we require more computing or storage capacity as a result of subscriber growth or otherwise, our costs 
could increase disproportionately.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Our business may suffer if we cannot protect our intellectual property. 

Our business depends on our intellectual property, including our valuable brand, content, services and 

internally developed technology. We believe the protection and monetization of our proprietary trademarks and 
other intellectual property are critical to our continued success and our competitive position. Unauthorized parties 
have unlawfully misappropriated our brand, content, services, technology and other intellectual property or may 
attempt to do so, and the measures we have taken to protect and enforce our proprietary rights may not be sufficient 
to fully address or prevent all third-party infringement. 

The Internet, combined with advancements in technology, has made unauthorized copying and wide 

dissemination of unlicensed content easier, including by anonymous foreign actors. At the same time, enforcement of 
our intellectual property rights has become more challenging. As our business and the presence and impact of bad 
actors become more global in scope, we may not be able to protect our proprietary rights in a cost-effective manner in 
other jurisdictions. In addition, intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our 
products and services are distributed or made available through the Internet. 

If we are unable to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, we may not succeed in realizing the full 
value of our assets, and our business, brand and profitability may suffer. In addition, if we must litigate in the United 
States or elsewhere to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation may be costly and time consuming. 

We have been, and may be in the future, subject to claims of intellectual property infringement that could adversely 
affect our business.

We periodically receive claims from third parties alleging violations of their intellectual property rights. To the 

extent the Company gains greater public recognition and scale worldwide, and publishes more content on its own 
platforms and third-party platforms (like social media), the likelihood of receiving claims of infringement may rise. 
Defending against intellectual property infringement claims against us can be time-consuming, expensive to litigate 
or settle and a diversion of management attention. In addition, litigation regarding intellectual property rights is 
inherently uncertain due to the complex issues involved, and we may not be successful in defending ourselves in 
such matters.  

If successful, third-party intellectual property infringement claims may require us to enter into royalty or 
licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, use more costly alternative technology, alter how we present our content 
to our users, alter certain of our operations and/or otherwise incur substantial monetary liability. The occurrence of 
any of these events as a result of these claims could result in substantially increased costs or otherwise adversely 
affect our business. For claims against us, insurance may be insufficient or unavailable, and for claims related to 
actions of third parties, either indemnification or remedies against those parties may be insufficient or unavailable.

P. 22 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Risks Related to the Terms of Our Debt and Common Stock

The terms of our credit facility impose restrictions on our operations that could limit our ability to undertake certain 
actions.

In September 2019, we entered into a $250 million five-year unsecured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”). 

Certain of our domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed our obligations under the Credit Facility. As of December 26, 
2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility. See “Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements” for a description of the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains various customary affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial 

covenants and various incurrence-based negative covenants imposing potentially significant restrictions on our 
operations. These covenants restrict, subject to various exceptions, our ability to, among other things:

• incur debt (directly or by third-party guarantees);

• grant liens;

• pay dividends;

• make investments;

• make acquisitions or dispositions; and

• prepay debt.

Any of these restrictions and limitations could make it more difficult for us to execute our business strategy. 

We may not have access to the capital markets on terms that are acceptable to us or may otherwise be limited in our 
financing options.

From time to time the Company may need or desire to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to 
obtain financing. The Company’s access to, and the availability of, financing on acceptable terms and conditions in 
the future will be impacted by many factors, including, but not limited to (1) the Company’s financial performance; 
(2) the Company’s credit ratings or absence of a credit rating; (3) liquidity of the overall capital markets; and (4) the 
state of the economy. There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to have access to the capital markets 
on terms acceptable to it.

In addition, macroeconomic conditions, such as volatility or disruption in the credit markets, could adversely 

affect our ability to obtain financing to support operations or to fund acquisitions or other capital-intensive initiatives.

Our Class B Common Stock is principally held by descendants of Adolph S. Ochs, through a family trust, and this 
control could create conflicts of interest or inhibit potential changes of control.

We have two classes of stock: Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. Holders of Class A Common 

Stock are entitled to elect 30% of the Board of Directors and to vote, with holders of Class B Common Stock, on the 
reservation of shares for equity grants, certain material acquisitions and the ratification of the selection of our 
auditors. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to elect the remainder of the Board of Directors and to vote 
on all other matters. Our Class B Common Stock is principally held by descendants of Adolph S. Ochs, who 
purchased The Times in 1896. A family trust holds approximately 95% of the Class B Common Stock. As a result, the 
trust has the ability to elect 70% of the Board of Directors and to direct the outcome of any matter that does not 
require a vote of the Class A Common Stock. Under the terms of the trust agreement, the trustees are directed to 
retain the Class B Common Stock held in trust and to vote such stock against any merger, sale of assets or other 
transaction pursuant to which control of The Times passes from the trustees, unless they determine that the primary 
objective of the trust can be achieved better by the implementation of such transaction. Because this concentrated 
control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction 
that may otherwise be beneficial to our businesses, the market price of our Class A Common Stock could be adversely 
affected.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 23

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices are located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York, in our headquarters 

building, which was completed in 2007 and consists of approximately 1.54 million gross square feet. We own a 
leasehold condominium interest representing approximately 828,000 gross square feet in the building (the “Company 
Headquarters”). In December 2019, we repurchased the portion of the condominium interest that we had sold and 
simultaneously leased back in 2009 (the “Condo Interest”) for $245.3 million and, as a result, we now own our interest 
in the building unencumbered. As of December 26, 2021, we had leased approximately 11.5 floors to third parties.

In addition, we have a printing and distribution facility with 570,000 gross square feet located in College Point, 
N.Y., on a 31-acre site. In 2019, we exercised our option to purchase the property, which was previously owned by the 
City of New York, for approximately $6.9 million. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in various legal actions incidental to our business that are now pending against us. These 
actions generally have damage claims that are greatly in excess of the payments, if any, that we would be required to 
pay if we lost or settled the cases. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of these matters, it is possible 
that an unfavorable outcome in one or more matters could be material to the Company’s consolidated results of 
operations or cash flows for an individual reporting period. However, based on currently available information, 
management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, is likely 
to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

P. 24 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Name
A.G. Sulzberger

Age
41

Employed By
Registrant Since
2009

Meredith Kopit Levien

50

2013

R. Anthony Benten

Diane Brayton

58

53

1989

2004

Roland A. Caputo 

61

1986

Jacqueline Welch

52

2021

Recent Position(s) Held as of February 23, 2022

Chairman (since January 2021) and Publisher of The Times 
(since 2018); Deputy Publisher (2016 to 2017); Associate Editor 
(2015 to 2016); Assistant Editor (2012 to 2015)
President and Chief Executive Officer (since 2020); Executive 
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2017 to 2020); 
Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer (2015 to 
2017); Executive Vice President, Advertising (2013 to 2015); 
Chief Revenue Officer, Forbes Media LLC (2011 to 2013)
Senior Vice President, Treasurer (since 2016) and Chief 
Accounting Officer (since 2019); Corporate Controller (2007 to 
2019); Senior Vice President, Finance (2008 to 2016)

Executive Vice President, General Counsel (since 2017) and 
Secretary (since 2011); Interim Executive Vice President, Talent 
& Inclusion (August 2020 to January 2021); Deputy General 
Counsel (2016); Assistant Secretary (2009 to 2011) and Assistant 
General Counsel (2009 to 2016)
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since 
2018); Executive Vice President, Print Products and Services 
Group (2013 to 2018); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer, The New York Times Media Group (2008 to 2013)
Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer 
(since January 2021); Senior Vice President, Chief Human 
Resources Officer and Chief Diversity Officer, Freddie Mac 
(2016 to 2020); independent consultant (2014 to 2016); Senior 
Vice President, Human Resources – International (2010 to 2013) 
and Senior Vice President, Talent Management and Diversity 
(2008 to 2010), Turner Broadcasting

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 25

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

The Class A Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “NYT.” 

The Class B Common Stock is unlisted and is not actively traded.

The number of security holders of record as of February 17, 2022, was as follows: Class A Common Stock: 4,752; 

Class B Common Stock: 25.

In February 2022, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.09 per share, an increase of $0.02 
per share from the previous quarter. We currently expect to continue to pay comparable cash dividends in the future, 
although changes in our dividend program may be considered by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, 
capital requirements, financial condition and other factors considered relevant. In addition, our Board of Directors 
will consider restrictions in any future indebtedness.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES(1)

Period

Total number of
shares of Class A
Common Stock
purchased
(a)

Average
price paid
per share of
Class A
Common Stock
(b)

Maximum 
number (or
approximate
dollar value)
of shares of
Class A
Common
Stock that may
yet be
purchased
under the plans
or programs
(d)

Total number of
shares of Class A
Common Stock
purchased
as part of
publicly
announced plans
or programs
(c)

Total for the fourth quarter of 2021

— 

$ 

— 

— 

$ 

16,236,612 

(1) In February 2022, the Board of Directors approved a $150 million Class A stock repurchase program that replaced the previous program, 

which was approved in 2015. The new authorization provides that Class A shares may be purchased from time to time as market conditions 
warrant, through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or other means, including Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. We expect to 
repurchase shares primarily to offset the impact of dilution from our equity compensation program, but subject to market conditions and other 
factors, we may also make opportunistic repurchases to reduce share count. There is no expiration date with respect to this authorization. 

As of December 26, 2021, repurchases under the previous program totaled $84.9 million (excluding commissions). There were no repurchases 
under that program between February 2016 and February 2022, when the program was replaced.

P. 26 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
PERFORMANCE PRESENTATION 

The following graph shows the annual cumulative total stockholder return for the five fiscal years ended 
December 26, 2021, on an assumed investment of $100 on December 25, 2016, in the Company, the Standard & Poor’s 
S&P 400 MidCap Stock Index and the Standard & Poor’s S&P 1500 Publishing and Printing Index. Stockholder return 
is measured by dividing (a) the sum of (i) the cumulative amount of dividends declared for the measurement period, 
assuming reinvestment of dividends, and (ii) the difference between the issuer’s share price at the end and the 
beginning of the measurement period, by (b) the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. As a result, 
stockholder return includes both dividends and stock appreciation.

Stock Performance Comparison Between the S&P 400 Midcap Index, S&P 1500 Publishing & Printing Index      

and The New York Times Company’s Class A Common Stock

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 27

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information that management believes is relevant to an 
assessment and understanding of our consolidated financial condition as of December 26, 2021, and results of 
operations for the three years ended December 26, 2021. Please read this item together with our Consolidated 
Financial Statements and the related Notes included in this Annual Report. Given the impact of the Covid-19 
pandemic on our business in 2020, we believe that certain comparisons of our operating results in 2021 to 2019 
provide useful context for our 2021 results. We have included supplemental disclosures and discussion comparing 
the operating results in 2021 to the 2019 results. We have omitted discussion of 2019 results where it would be 
redundant to the discussion previously included in Part II, Item 7, of our 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed 
with the SEC on February 25, 2021, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Significant components of the management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial 

condition section include:

Executive Overview: The executive overview section provides a summary of The New York Times 

Company and our business.

Results of Operations: The results of operations section provides an analysis of our results on a 

consolidated basis. 

Non-Operating Items: The non-operating items section provides a comparison of our non-GAAP financial 
measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures for the two years ended 
December 26, 2021. 

Liquidity and Capital 
Resources:

The liquidity and capital resources section provides a discussion of our cash flows 
for the three years ended December 26, 2021, and restricted cash, capital 
expenditures and outstanding debt, commitments and contingencies existing as of 
December 26, 2021.

PAGE
28

33

42

46

Critical Accounting Policies: The critical accounting policies and estimates section provides detail with respect to 

50

accounting policies that are considered by management to require significant 
judgment and use of estimates and that could have a significant impact on our 
financial statements.

Pensions and Other 
Postretirement Benefits:

The pensions and other postretirement benefits section provides a discussion of our 
benefit plans.

52

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

We are a global media organization that includes our digital and print products and related businesses. On 

February 1, 2022, subsequent to our fiscal year end, we completed the acquisition of The Athletic for an all-cash 
purchase price of $550 million, subject to customary closing adjustments.  The purchase price was financed from cash 
on hand. See Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to this 
acquisition.

We generate revenues principally from subscriptions and advertising. Subscription revenues consist of 

revenues from subscriptions to our digital and print products (which include our news product, as well as our 
Games, Cooking, Audm and Wirecutter products) and single-copy and bulk sales of our print products. Advertising 
revenue is derived from the sale of our advertising products and services. Other revenues primarily consist of 
revenues from licensing, Wirecutter affiliate referrals, commercial printing, the leasing of floors in the Company 
Headquarters, retail commerce, television and film, our student subscription sponsorship program and our live 
events business.

 Our main operating costs are employee-related costs.

In the accompanying analysis of financial information, we present certain information derived from our 
consolidated financial information but not presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). We are presenting in this report 
supplemental non-GAAP financial performance measures that exclude depreciation, amortization, severance, non-

P. 28 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

operating retirement costs and certain identified special items, as applicable. These non-GAAP financial measures 
should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for the related GAAP measures and should be read in 
conjunction with financial information presented on a GAAP basis. For further information and reconciliations of 
these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see “— Results of Operations — Non-
GAAP Financial Measures.”

We believe that a number of factors and industry trends have presented, and will continue to, present risks and 

challenges to our business. For a detailed discussion of certain factors that could affect our business, results of 
operations and financial condition, see “Item 1A — Risk Factors.” 

2021 Financial Highlights

• In 2021, diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $1.31, compared with $0.60 for 2020. 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluding severance, non-operating retirement costs 
and special items discussed below (or “adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations,” a 
non-GAAP measure) were $1.28 for 2021, compared with $0.97 for 2020. 

• Operating profit increased 52.1% to $268.0 million in 2021 from $176.3 million in 2020. Operating profit before 

depreciation, amortization, severance, multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs and special items 
discussed below (or “adjusted operating profit,” a non-GAAP measure) increased 33.8% to $335.4 million in 
2021 from $250.6 million in 2020.

• Total revenues increased 16.3% to $2.07 billion in 2021 from $1.78 billion in 2020.

• Total subscription revenues increased 13.9% to $1.36 billion in 2021 from $1.20 billion in 2020. Paid 
digital-only subscriptions totaled approximately 8,005,000 at the end of 2021, a net increase of 
1,273,000 compared with the end of 2020. Of the 1,273,000 total net additions, 735,000 came from the 
Company’s digital news product, while 538,000 came from the Company’s Cooking, Games, Audm 
and Wirecutter (to which a subscription option was launched during the third quarter of 2021) 
products (“other digital-only products”). Subscribers totaled approximately 7.6 million. 

• Total advertising revenues increased 26.8% to $497.5 million in 2021 from $392.4 million in 2020, due 
to an increase of 35.0% in digital advertising revenues and an increase of 15.3% in print advertising 
revenues.

• Operating costs increased 12.2% to $1.80 billion in 2021 from $1.61 billion in 2020. Operating costs before 
depreciation, amortization, severance and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs (or “adjusted 
operating costs,” a non-GAAP measure) increased 13.5% to $1.74 billion in 2021 from $1.53 billion in 2020. 

Impact of Covid-19 Pandemic

The global Covid-19 pandemic continues to have widespread, rapidly evolving, and unpredictable impacts on 

global society, economies, financial markets and business practices. The pandemic, efforts to contain it and the 
resulting disruptions have impacted our business in various ways, and there is substantial uncertainty as to the 
nature and degree of the continued effects of the pandemic over time.

For example, during 2020, we experienced significant growth in the number of subscriptions to our digital news 

and other products, which we believe was attributable in part to an increase in traffic given the news environment 
and as a result of the pandemic. The rate of digital subscription growth moderated in 2021, although it was our 
second-best year for net subscription additions, and we do not expect the 2020 growth rate to be indicative of results 
for future periods. In addition, revenues from the single-copy and bulk sales of our print newspaper (which include 
our international edition and collectively represent less than 5% of our total subscription revenues) were adversely 
affected as a result of continued increased levels of remote working and reductions in travel.

The worldwide economic slowdown caused by the pandemic led to a significant decline in our advertising 
revenues in 2020 as advertisers reduced their spending. While we experienced significantly increased demand for 
advertising in 2021, particularly with respect to digital advertising as the broader advertising market recovered, there 
is no assurance that this recovery will be sustained, and developments related to the pandemic such as global supply 
chain disruptions and labor shortages, among others, could adversely impact our advertising revenues in the future if 
our advertisers were to reduce their advertising spend as a result. In addition, the pandemic and attempts to contain 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 29

it have resulted in the postponement and cancellation of live events, and while this impact moderated in 2021, this 
continues to adversely affect our revenues from live events and related services.

 In 2020 our expenses in certain areas decreased as a result of the pandemic: the costs to promote our 

subscription business, which we refer to as media expenses, decreased as we reduced marketing spend in response to 
a heightened news cycle; print production and distribution costs decreased due to lower demand for print newspaper 
copies; variable advertising costs were lower; and travel and entertainment costs decreased as a result of the Covid-19 
pandemic. In 2021, while print production and distribution costs continued to be lower due to lower demand for print 
newspaper copies, media expenses were higher than both 2020 and 2019, as further described below, and variable 
advertising costs and travel and entertainment costs increased when compared with 2020, although they remained 
below 2019 levels. We have invested and expect to continue to invest in our Company Headquarters and other offices 
as well as technological improvements as we transition to hybrid work with employees working both from the office 
and remotely.

At this time, the full impact that the Covid-19 pandemic will have on our business, operations and financial 

results is uncertain. The extent to which the pandemic will continue to impact us will depend on numerous evolving 
factors and future developments, including the extent of variants and resurgences; the effect of ongoing vaccination 
and mitigation efforts; the impact of the pandemic on economic conditions and the companies with which we do 
business, including our advertisers; governmental, business and other actions; the status of travel restrictions; and 
changes in consumer behavior in response to the pandemic, among many other factors. We will continue to actively 
monitor the situation and may take further actions that alter our business operations as may be required by federal, 
state, local or foreign authorities, or that we determine are appropriate. Please see “Item 1A — Risk Factors” for more 
information.

Our Strategy 

We are in the middle of a decades-long global shift in consumption from traditional media — such as print 

newspapers — to digital, as well as what we believe to be an overall growth in consumer demand for quality news 
and information. We have designed our strategy to take advantage of both the challenges and opportunities 
presented by this period of transformation in our industry. 

In early 2019, we set a goal of reaching 10 million subscriptions by 2025. We ended 2021 with approximately 7.6 

million paid subscribers with approximately 8.8 million subscriptions, and with the acquisition of The Athletic in 
February 2022, we met this target three years early. Even without The Athletic, we believe we would have reached 10 
million subscriptions far sooner than we originally anticipated. 

Our latest audience research suggests that there are at least 135 million adults worldwide who are willing to 

pay for one or more subscriptions to English-language news, sports coverage, puzzles, recipes, expert shopping 
advice or podcasting. Our current aim is to reach 15 million total subscribers by year-end 2027, up from 
approximately 7.6 million at the end of 2021. Since many people purchase subscriptions to multiple New York Times 
products, this new goal shifts the emphasis from counting total subscriptions to focusing on the growth and value of 
individual subscribers. 

We believe that focusing on the following priorities will enable us to become an essential subscription for our 
addressable market, put us on track to achieve our 15 million subscriber goal and drive long-term, profitable growth 
for the Company and our shareholders.

Producing the best journalism

We believe that The Times’s original, independent and high-quality reporting, storytelling and journalistic 

excellence across topics and formats set us apart from others and is at the heart of what makes our journalism worth 
paying for. We expect to extend our news lead by focusing on four major areas — providing expert beat reporting on 
a broad array of important subjects, covering breaking news, producing signature journalism projects and excelling at 
ideas-based commentary and criticism.

The impact of our journalism and its breadth were evident as The Times continued to break stories, produce 

investigative reports and help our audience understand a wide range of topics, including the Covid-19 pandemic and 
its many reverberations, the intersection of race and culture in America, and the varied effects of climate change. Our 
ground-breaking coverage continues to be recognized, including in the 132 Pulitzer Prizes The Times has received — 
more than any other news organization. 

P. 30 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

While general interest news is and will remain our primary value proposition, we are building leadership 

positions in a handful of areas that occupy a prominent place in global culture alongside general interest news — 
including sports fandom, puzzle gaming, cooking guidance and expert shopping guidance.

In 2022, we plan to continue making significant investments in our journalism and remain committed to 
providing a multimedia report of deep breadth, authority, creativity and excellence, produced with a focus on 
independence and integrity.

Growing engagement with our products

We will continue to focus on reaching a large non-paying audience while also creating a subscription 
experience so good at building valuable daily news and information habits that it draws people into lifelong 
relationships worth paying for. A central part of this approach will be offering a single, high-value New York Times 
subscription — or bundle — of interconnected products to our digital subscribers. To attract the widest audience, we 
offer subscriptions to each of our products on a standalone basis. But we believe that by focusing on the bundle, we 
are providing the most value to our customers, and in-turn, the best opportunity to monetize the full scale of our 
platform.

Within news, we have invested in bringing readers back to our site and exposing them to more of our offerings. 

For example, the innovation in our live briefings has kept users aware of the latest developments across important 
storylines; our growing suite of email newsletters now reaches the inboxes of more than 15 million global users and 
plays an increasingly central role in engaging potential subscribers; and our newsletters and news website and mobile 
app help surface the best recipes, games and product recommendations.

We plan to invest more in content and product development across news and in Games and Cooking; to 
continue exploring new opportunities for Wirecutter as a subscription product; to develop new audio programming 
and experiment in audio product; to test the concept of an app for children; and to help The Athletic reach more 
sports fans and grow its subscriber base. We see all of these products as a way for The Times to mean even more in 
people’s lives, and also to make a relationship with our brand more valuable. 

Effectively monetizing our products

We ended 2021 with approximately 7.6 million paid subscribers with approximately 8.8 million subscriptions to 

our news and other products. Our approximately 1.273 million digital subscription net additions in 2021 were our 
second-highest annual total and 23% higher than 2019. We also reached significant milestones with our non-news 
subscription products, Games and Cooking, when each crossed one million subscriptions just before year end, the 
result of strong audience demand and product innovations like the addition of the Spelling Bee word puzzle to our 
Games product. We also gained efficiencies by applying learnings from our core news product, including customer 
journey enhancements and promotional pricing, and expanded subscriptions to our other non-news products, by 
launching paid subscriptions to Wirecutter in the third quarter of 2021.

In addition to digital subscription revenue, high-margin digital advertising revenue remains an important part 

of our business. We believe our journalism attracts valuable audiences and that we provide a safe and trusted 
platform for advertisers’ brands. In a recovering market, we continued to innovate advertising offerings that integrate 
well with the user experience, including solutions that use proprietary first-party data — rather than third-party data 
— to generate predictive insights and help inform our clients’ advertising strategies while leveraging our audiences in 
privacy-forward ways, as well as our audio advertising offerings. We expect each will continue to play critical roles in 
the growth of our digital advertising business. 

Looking ahead, we plan to continue to invest in our journalism and digital product experience, with an 
increasing emphasis on growing total unique subscribers through a single New York Times bundle of interconnected 
products. At the same time, we believe we can apply disciplined cost-management to fund continued investment in 
our business and support long-term profitable growth. Given that our investments in our journalism and digital 
product experience have yielded strong organic subscriber growth, we expect that we’ll be able to improve the overall 
efficiency of our marketing spend for our core products. We also believe we can continue to maximize the efficiency 
and profitability of our print products and services, which remain a significant part of our business. 

Making technology and data a bigger propellant of our growth 

Achieving our ambition will require products and technology that match the quality of our journalism. Over 

the past five years, we have invested substantially in our digital product experience as well as in the back-end 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 31

technology and underlying capabilities that allow users to seamlessly move among various devices and products. In 
2022, we plan to continue investing in these areas, with a focus on strengthening our data management infrastructure, 
creating platforms that power our multi-product subscription bundle, and advancing machine learning applications 
across our business. Over time, we believe we will see further benefits from these investments as they help us better 
engage, habituate, convert and retain more subscribers.

Fostering a culture that enables our mission and people to thrive 

We believe our ability to attract, develop and maximize the contributions of world-class talent, and to create the 

conditions for our people to do their best work, is vital to the continued success of our mission and business and 
central to our long-term strategy. As we continue to transform the Company, we are focused on building a more 
diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace; developing and promoting our talent; providing equitable and 
competitive compensation and benefits; and supporting the health, safety and well-being of our employees.

Effectively managing our liquidity and our non-operating costs

Throughout 2021 we continued to strengthen our liquidity position and further de-leverage and de-risk our 

balance sheet. As of December 26, 2021, the Company had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of 
approximately $1.1 billion and was debt-free. On February 1, 2022, we used approximately $550 million of this cash to 
fund the acquisition of The Athletic (see Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional 
information related to this acquisition).

We have paid quarterly dividends on the Class A and Class B Common Stock since late 2013. In February 2022, 

the Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.09 per share, an increase of $0.02 per share from the 
previous quarter. We currently expect to continue to pay comparable cash dividends in the future, although changes 
in our dividend program will be considered by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, capital requirements, 
financial condition and other factors considered relevant.

In February 2022, the Board of Directors approved a $150.0 million Class A stock repurchase program that 

replaced the previous program, which was approved in 2015. The new authorization provides that Class A shares 
may be purchased from time to time as market conditions warrant, through open market purchases, privately 
negotiated transactions or other means, including Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. We expect to repurchase shares 
primarily to offset the impact of dilution from our equity compensation program, but subject to market conditions 
and other factors, we may also make opportunistic repurchases to reduce share count. There is no expiration date 
with respect to this authorization.

In addition, we remain focused on managing our pension plan obligations. We have taken steps over the last 

several years to reduce the size and volatility of our pension obligations, including freezing accruals under all but one 
of our qualified defined benefit pension plans, making immediate pension benefits offers in the form of lump-sum 
payments to certain former employees and transferring certain future benefit obligations and administrative costs to 
insurers. During 2020, we entered into an agreement to transfer certain future benefit obligations and administrative 
costs to an insurer, which allowed us to reduce our overall qualified pension plan obligations by approximately $236 
million. See Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these actions.   

As of December 26, 2021, our qualified pension plans had plan assets that were approximately $74 million 

above the present value of future benefits obligations, compared with a surplus of approximately $36 million as of 
December 27, 2020. We made contributions of approximately $9 million and $10 million to certain qualified pension 
plans in 2021 and 2020, respectively. We expect to make contributions in 2022 to satisfy minimum funding 
requirements of approximately $10 million. We will continue to look for ways to reduce the size and volatility of our 
pension obligations.

While we have made significant progress in our liability-driven investment strategy to reduce the funding 
volatility of our qualified pension plans, the size of our pension plan obligations relative to the size of our current 
operations will continue to have an impact on our reported financial results. We expect to continue to experience 
volatility in our retirement-related costs, particularly due to the impact of changing discount rates and mortality 
assumptions on our unfunded, non-qualified pension plans and retiree medical costs. We may also incur additional 
withdrawal obligations due to the poor funded status of several of the multiemployer plans in which we participate.

P. 32 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 each comprised 52 weeks. The following table presents our consolidated 

financial results:

(In thousands)

Revenues

Digital

Print

Subscription revenues

Digital

Print

Advertising revenues

Other

Total revenues

Operating costs

Years Ended

% Change

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

2021 vs. 
2020

2021 vs. 
2019

$ 

773,882 

$ 

598,280 

$ 

460,452 

588,233 

1,362,115 

308,616 

188,920 

497,536 

215,226 

597,088 

623,399 

1,195,368 

1,083,851 

228,594 

163,826 

392,420 

195,851 

260,454 

270,224 

530,678 

197,655 

2,074,877 

1,783,639 

1,812,184 

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and 
amortization)

Sales and marketing

Product development

General and administrative

Depreciation and amortization

Total operating costs 

Lease termination charge

Restructuring charge

Gain from pension liability adjustment

Operating profit 

Other components of net periodic benefit costs 

Gain from joint ventures

Interest income/(expense) and other, net

Income from continuing operations before income 
taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

1,039,568 

294,947 

160,871 

250,124 

57,502 

1,803,012 

3,831 

— 

— 

268,034 

10,478 

— 

32,945 

290,501 

70,530 

219,971 

959,312 

228,993 

133,384 

223,558 

62,136 

988,159 

272,626 

106,415 

206,778 

60,661 

1,607,383 

1,634,639 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,008 

(2,045) 

176,256 

175,582 

89,154 

5,000 

23,330 

115,432 

14,595 

100,837 

7,302 

— 

(3,820) 

164,460 

24,494 

139,966 

Net income attributable to the noncontrolling 
interest

Net income attributable to The New York Times 
Company common stockholders

$ 

— 

(734) 

— 

219,971 

$ 

100,103 

$ 

139,966 

* Represents a change equal to or in excess of 100% or one that is not meaningful.

 29.4 

 (1.5) 

 13.9 

 35.0 

 15.3 

 26.8 

 9.9 

 16.3 

 8.4 

 28.8 

 20.6 

 11.9 

 (7.5) 

 12.2 

*

— 

— 

 52.1 

 (88.2) 

*

 41.2 

*

*

*

*

*

 68.1 

 (5.6) 

 25.7 

 18.5 

 (30.1) 

 (6.2) 

 8.9 

 14.5 

 5.2 

 8.2 

 51.2 

 21.0 

 (5.2) 

 10.3 

*

*

*

 52.7 

 43.5 

— 

*

 76.6 

*

 57.2 

 — 

 57.2 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues

Subscription, advertising and other revenues were as follows:

(In thousands)

Subscription

Advertising

Other

Total

Subscription Revenues

Years Ended

% Change

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

2021 vs. 
2020

2021 vs. 
2019

$ 

1,362,115 

$ 

1,195,368 

$ 

1,083,851 

497,536 

215,226 

392,420 

195,851 

530,678 

197,655 

$ 

2,074,877 

$ 

1,783,639 

$ 

1,812,184 

 13.9 

 26.8 

 9.9 

 16.3 

 25.7 

 (6.2) 

 8.9 

 14.5 

Subscription revenues consist of revenues from subscriptions to our digital and print products (which include 

our news product, as well as our other digital-only products), and single-copy and bulk sales of our print products 
(which represent less than 5% of these revenues). Subscription revenues are based on both the number of copies of the 
printed newspaper sold and digital-only subscriptions, and the rates charged to the respective customers.

The following table summarizes digital and print subscription revenues for the years ended December 26, 2021, 

December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019:

(In thousands)

Digital-only subscription revenues:

Years Ended

% Change

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

2021 vs. 
2020

2021 vs. 
2019

News product subscription revenues(1)

$ 

693,994 

$ 

543,578 

$ 

426,125 

Other product subscription revenues(2)

79,888 

54,702 

34,327 

Subtotal digital-only subscriptions

773,882 

598,280 

460,452 

 27.7 

 46.0 

 29.4 

Print subscription revenues

Domestic home delivery subscription revenues(3)
Single-copy, NYT International and other 
subscription revenues(4)

Subtotal print subscription revenues

529,039 

528,970 

524,543 

 — 

59,194 

588,233 

68,118 

597,088 

98,856 

623,399 

 (13.1) 

 (1.5) 

 13.9 

Total subscription revenues

$ 

1,362,115 

$ 

1,195,368 

$ 

1,083,851 

(1)   Includes revenues from subscriptions to the Company’s news product. News product subscription packages that include access to the 

Company’s Games, Cooking and Wirecutter products are also included in this category.

(2)  Includes revenues from standalone subscriptions to the Company’s other digital-only products. During the third quarter of 2021, the Company 

launched a Wirecutter subscription option.

(3) Includes access to digital news, Games, Cooking and Wirecutter products.
(4) NYT International is the international edition of our print newspaper.

P. 34 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 62.9 

 132.7 

 68.1 

 0.9 

 (40.1) 

 (5.6) 

 25.7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes digital and print subscriptions as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 

2020:

(In thousands)

Digital-only subscriptions:

    News product subscriptions(1)(2)

   Other product subscriptions(3)

Subtotal digital-only subscriptions

Print subscriptions

Total subscriptions

As of

% Change

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

2021 vs. 
2020

5,867 

2,138 

8,005 

784 

8,789 

5,132 

1,600 

6,732 

833 

7,565 

 14.3 

 33.6 

 18.9 

 (5.9) 

 16.2 

(1) Includes subscriptions to the Company’s news product. News product subscription packages that include access to the Company’s Games, 

Cooking and Wirecutter products are also included in this category.

(2) The number of paid digital-only subscriptions includes estimated group corporate and group education subscriptions (which collectively 

represent approximately 5% of total paid digital subscriptions to our news products in 2021). We calculate this estimate using the value of the 
relevant contract and a discounted subscription rate. The actual number of users who have access to our products through group 
subscriptions is substantially higher. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we updated the discounted subscription rate used in order to bring it in line 
with our current digital subscription pricing model. For comparison purposes, we recast news product subscriptions in prior periods using the 
updated methodology, and this resulted in approximately 42,000 additional group corporate and group education subscriptions in the fourth 
quarter of 2020. There is no impact to subscription revenue as a result of this change.

(3) Includes standalone subscriptions to the Company’s other digital-only products.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that the significant growth over the last several years in subscriptions to The Times’s products 
demonstrates the success of our “subscription-first” strategy and the willingness of our readers to pay for high-
quality journalism. The following charts illustrate the acceleration in net digital-only subscription additions and 
corresponding subscription revenues, as well as the relative stability of our print domestic home delivery 
subscription products since the launch of the digital pay model in 2011.  

(1) Amounts may not add due to rounding.
(2) Includes access to some of the Company’s digital products.
(3) Print Other includes single-copy, NYT International and other subscription revenues.
Note: Revenues for 2012 and 2017 include the impact of an additional week.

P. 36 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

As of the Period EndSubscriptions (1)(millions)1.51.71.92.12.32.83.64.25.37.68.81.11.11.11.11.01.01.0.9.9.8.8.4.6.8.91.11.62.22.73.45.15.9.1.2.2.4.61.01.62.1Print-based bundles (2)Digital-only NewsDigital-only Other20112012201320142015201620172018201920202021PeriodSubscription Revenues (1)($ millions)7067958248408528791,0081,0421,0841,1951,362486513521527526526552533525529529173168152141127121116109996859471141511691932233263784265446943691422345480Print-based bundles (2)Print Other (3)Digital-only NewsDigital-only Other201120122013201420152016201720182019202020212021 Compared with 2020

Subscription revenues increased 13.9% in 2021 compared with 2020. The increase was primarily due to an 
increase in digital subscription revenue driven by year-over-year growth of 18.9% in the number of subscriptions to 
the Company’s digital-only products, as well as digital subscriptions graduating to higher prices from introductory 
promotional pricing. The increase in digital-only subscription revenue was partially offset by a decrease in print 
subscription revenue attributable to lower single-copy and bulk sales, primarily as a result of increased levels of 
remote working and reductions in travel due to the Covid-19 pandemic as well as ongoing secular trends. Print 
domestic home delivery revenues were flat as decreases in the number of subscriptions were offset by price increases.

Paid digital-only subscriptions totaled approximately 8,005,000 at the end of 2021, a net increase of 1,273,000 

subscriptions compared with the end of 2020. The year-over-year growth in our digital subscriptions is attributable in 
part to initiatives we have undertaken to drive subscriptions, including adjustments to our access model.

Digital-only news product subscriptions totaled approximately 5,867,000 at the end of 2021, a net increase of 

735,000 subscriptions compared with the end of 2020. Other digital-only product subscriptions totaled approximately 
2,138,000 at the end of 2021, a net increase of 538,000 subscriptions compared with the end of 2020.

Print domestic home delivery subscriptions totaled approximately 784,000 at the end of 2021, a net decrease of 

49,000 subscriptions compared with the end of 2020. The year-over-year decrease is a result of secular declines.

2021 Compared with 2019

Subscription revenues increased 25.7% in 2021 compared with 2019. The increase was primarily due to growth 

in the number of subscriptions to the Company’s digital-only products. These increases were partially offset by a 
36.8% and 53.7% decrease in print subscription revenue from single-copy and bulk sales and international edition of 
our newspaper, respectively, as a result of increased levels of remote working and reductions in travel due to the 
Covid-19 pandemic as well as secular trends.

Advertising Revenues

Advertising revenue is principally from advertisers (such as technology, financial and luxury goods companies) 

promoting products, services or brands on digital platforms in the form of display ads, audio and video ads, and in 
print, in the form of column-inch ads. 

Advertising revenue is primarily derived from offerings sold directly to marketers by our advertising sales 
teams. A smaller proportion of our total advertising revenues is generated through programmatic auctions run by 
third-party ad exchanges.

Advertising revenues are primarily determined by the volume (e.g., impressions or column inches), rate and 

mix of advertisements. Digital advertising includes our core digital advertising business and other digital advertising. 
Our core digital advertising business includes direct-sold website, mobile application, podcast, email and video 
advertisements. Direct-sold display advertising, a component of core digital advertising, includes offerings on 
websites and mobile applications sold directly to marketers by our advertising sales teams. Our digital advertising 
offerings include solutions that use proprietary first-party data — rather than third-party data — to generate 
predictive insights and help inform our clients’ advertising strategies while leveraging our audiences in privacy-
forward ways. Other digital advertising includes advertising revenues generated by open-market programmatic 
advertising, creative services fees associated with branded content, advertisements appearing on our Wirecutter 
product and classified advertising. Print advertising includes revenue from column-inch ads and classified 
advertising, as well as preprinted advertising, also known as freestanding inserts.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 37

The following table summarizes digital and print advertising revenues for the years ended December 26, 2021, 

December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019:

(In thousands)

Advertising revenues

Digital

Print

Total advertising

2021 Compared with 2020

Years Ended

% Change

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

2021 vs. 
2020

2021 vs. 
2019

$ 

$ 

308,616  $ 

228,594  $ 

188,920 

163,826 

497,536  $ 

392,420  $ 

260,454 

270,224 

530,678 

 35.0 %

 15.3 %

 26.8 %

 18.5 %

 (30.1) %

 (6.2) %

Digital advertising revenues, which represented 62.0% of total advertising revenues in 2021, increased $80.0 

million, or 35.0%, to $308.6 million, compared with $228.6 million in 2020. The increase was primarily driven by 
higher direct-sold advertising, including traditional display and podcasts, as well as the impact of the comparison to 
weak digital advertising revenues in 2020 caused by reduced advertiser spending during the earlier stages of the 
Covid-19 pandemic. Core digital advertising revenue increased $77.4 million due to growth in direct-sold display 
advertising revenue and podcast advertising revenues. Direct-sold display impressions increased 27%, while the 
average rate grew 18%. Other digital advertising revenue increased $2.6 million, primarily due to a 30% increase in 
creative services fees, partially offset by a 8.4% decrease in open-market programmatic advertising revenue. 
Programmatic impressions decreased by 44%, offsetting the average rate increase of 59%.

Print advertising revenues, which represented 38.0% of total advertising revenues in 2021, increased $25.1 

million, or 15.3%, to $188.9 million in 2021 compared with $163.8 million in 2020. The increase was primarily in the 
luxury and media categories, and was partially offset by declines in the financial services category, as well as secular 
trends. 

2021 Compared with 2019

Digital advertising revenues increased $48.2 million, or 18.5%, to $308.6 million in 2021 compared with $260.5 

million in 2019. The increase was primarily driven by higher direct-sold advertising, including traditional display and 
podcasts. Core digital advertising revenue increased $71.7 million due to growth in direct-sold display advertising 
revenue and podcast advertising revenues. Direct-sold display impressions increased 8%, while the average rate grew 
23%. Other digital advertising revenue decreased $23.5 million, primarily due to the closure of our HelloSociety and 
Fake Love digital marketing agencies.

Print advertising revenues declined $81.3 million, or 30.1%, to $188.9 million in 2021 compared with $270.2 
million in 2019. The decline reflected reduced spending on print advertising by businesses negatively impacted by the 
Covid-19 pandemic as well as continued secular trends.

P. 38 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
Other Revenues

Other revenues primarily consist of revenues from licensing, Wirecutter affiliate referrals, commercial printing, 

the leasing of floors in the Company Headquarters, retail commerce, television and film, our student subscription 
sponsorship program and our live events business. Digital other revenues, which consist primarily of Wirecutter 
affiliate referral revenue, digital licensing revenue, and television and film revenue, totaled $111.4 million, $101.0 
million and $79.8 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Building rental revenue consists of revenue from the 
leasing of floors in our Company Headquarters, which totaled $22.9 million, $28.5 million and $30.6 million in 2021, 
2020 and 2019, respectively. 

2021 Compared with 2020

Other revenues increased 9.9% in 2021 compared with 2020, primarily as a result of higher Wirecutter affiliate 
referral revenues mainly due to Wirecutter’s presence on our core news website (NYTimes.com) homepage resulting 
in increased views, higher licensing revenue as well as higher commercial printing revenue resulting from our 
beginning to print several News Corporation publications in our College Point, N.Y., printing and distribution facility 
in mid-2021, partially offset by volume declines from other publications. These increases were partially offset by 
lower television series revenues as a result of fewer episodes in 2021 compared to 2020.

2021 Compared with 2019

Other revenues increased 8.9% in 2021 compared with 2019, primarily as a result of higher Wirecutter affiliate 

referral revenues mainly due to Wirecutter’s  presence on our core news website (NYTimes.com) homepage resulting 
in increased views and licensing revenue primarily related to Facebook News, to which the Company licenses select 
content for access by its users, partially offset by lower revenues from our television series as a result of fewer 
episodes in 2021 compared to 2019 and live events, which were impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 39

Operating Costs

Operating costs were as follows:

(In thousands)

Operating costs:

Years Ended

% Change

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

2021 vs. 
2020

2021 vs. 
2019

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and 
amortization)

$ 

1,039,568 

$ 

959,312 

$ 

988,159 

Sales and marketing

Product development

General and administrative

Depreciation and amortization

294,947 

160,871 

250,124 

57,502 

228,993 

133,384 

223,558 

62,136 

272,626 

106,415 

206,778 

60,661 

Total operating costs

$ 

1,803,012 

$ 

1,607,383 

$ 

1,634,639 

The components of operating costs as a percentage of total operating costs were as follows:

 8.4 

 28.8 

 20.6 

 11.9 

 (7.5) 

 12.2 

 5.2 

 8.2 

 51.2 

 21.0 

 (5.2) 

 10.3 

Components of operating costs as a percentage of total operating costs

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Sales and marketing

Product development

General and administrative

Depreciation and amortization

Total

Years Ended

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

 58 %

 16 %

 9 %

 14 %

 3 %

 60 %

 14 %

 8 %

 14 %

 4 %

 60 %

 17 %

 7 %

 13 %

 3 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

The components of operating costs as a percentage of total revenues were as follows:

Components of operating costs as a percentage of total revenues

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Sales and marketing

Product development

General and administrative

Depreciation and amortization

Total

Years Ended

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

 50 %

 14 %

 8 %

 12 %

 3 %

 87 %

 54 %

 13 %

 7 %

 13 %

 3 %

 90 %

 55 %

 15 %

 6 %

 11 %

 3 %

 90 %

P. 40 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Cost of revenue includes all costs related to content creation, subscriber and advertiser servicing, and print 
production and distribution as well as infrastructure costs related to delivering digital content, which include all 
cloud and cloud-related costs as well as compensation for employees that enhance and maintain that infrastructure.

2021 Compared with 2020

Cost of revenue increased in 2021 by $80.3 million, or 8.4%, compared with 2020, largely due to higher 
journalism costs of $58.3 million, higher subscriber servicing costs of $15.6 million, higher advertising servicing costs 
of $9.5 million, and higher digital content delivery costs of $4.5 million, partially offset by a $7.6 million decrease in 
print production and distribution costs. The increase in journalism costs was largely driven by growth in the number 
of employees who work in the newsroom and on our Games, Cooking and audio products, a higher incentive 
compensation accrual and costs in connection with the production of audio content. The increase in subscriber 
servicing costs was primarily due to higher credit card processing fees and third-party commissions due to increased 
subscriptions. Advertising servicing costs increased as a result of costs to produce higher creative services revenues. 
Digital content delivery costs increased due to higher cloud storage costs and a higher incentive compensation 
accrual. The decrease in print production and distribution costs was largely due to lower distribution costs and 
outside printing costs. 

2021 Compared with 2019

Cost of revenue increased in 2021 by $51.4 million, or 5.2%, compared with 2019, largely due to higher 

journalism costs of $83.0 million, higher subscriber servicing costs of $27.4 million, and higher digital content delivery 
costs of $20.7 million. The increases were partially offset by lower print production and distribution costs of $61.0 
million and lower advertising servicing costs of $18.7 million. The increase in journalism costs was largely driven by 
growth in the number of employees who work in the newsroom and on our Games, Cooking and audio products, and 
a higher incentive compensation accrual. The increase in subscriber servicing costs was primarily due to higher credit 
card processing fees and third-party commissions due to increased subscriptions. Digital content delivery costs 
increased due to higher cloud storage costs and growth in the number of employees. The decrease in print production 
and distribution costs was largely due to lower newsprint consumption and pricing, as well as lower distribution 
costs, primarily due to copy declines, and outside printing costs. Advertising servicing costs decreased primarily as a 
result of the closure of our HelloSociety and Fake Love digital marketing agencies as well as fewer live events.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing includes costs related to the Company’s marketing efforts as well as advertising sales costs.

2021 Compared with 2020

Sales and marketing costs increased in 2021 by $66.0 million, or 28.8%, compared with 2020, primarily due to 

higher media expenses.

Media expenses, a component of sales and marketing costs that represents the cost to promote our subscription 

business, increased to $187.3 million in 2021 from $129.6 million in 2020. The increase is primarily from subscription-
related media expenses as we were able to profitably scale media spend as a result of strong demand for news and 
success in converting readers to subscribers, as well as higher brand marketing expenses. The Company had reduced 
its marketing expense in 2020 during the earlier stages of the Covid-19 pandemic.

2021 Compared with 2019

Sales and marketing costs increased in 2021 by $22.3 million, or 8.2%, compared with 2019, primarily a result of 

higher media expenses and the growth in the number of marketing employees, partially offset by the closure of our 
HelloSociety and Fake Love digital marketing agencies, as well as lower travel costs due to the ongoing pandemic.

Media expenses increased to $187.3 million in 2021 from $156.9 million in 2019. The increase is primarily from 

subscription-related media expenses as we were able to profitably scale media spend as a result of strong demand for 
news and success in converting readers to subscribers, as well as higher brand marketing expenses.

Product Development

Product development includes costs associated with the Company’s investment into developing and enhancing 

new and existing product technology, including engineering, product development and data insights.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 41

2021 Compared with 2020

Product development costs increased in 2021 by $27.5 million, or 20.6%, compared with 2020, largely due to 
growth in the number of digital product development employees in connection with digital subscription strategic 
initiatives as well as a higher incentive compensation accrual.

2021 Compared with 2019

Product development costs increased in 2021 by $54.5 million, or 51.2%, compared with 2019, largely due to 

growth in the number of digital product development employees to support our digital subscription strategic 
initiatives as well as a higher incentive compensation accrual.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative costs include general management, corporate enterprise technology, building 

operations, unallocated overhead costs, severance and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs.

2021 Compared with 2020

General and administrative costs increased in 2021 by $26.6 million, or 11.9%, compared with 2020, primarily as 

a result of higher incentive compensation accrual, growth in the number of employees and higher consulting costs.

2021 Compared with 2019

General and administrative costs increased in 2021 by $43.3 million, or 21.0%, compared with 2019, primarily 

due to higher incentive compensation accrual, growth in the number of employees, mainly in the enterprise 
technology and human resources departments in support of employee growth in other areas, and higher consulting 
costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

2021 Compared with 2020

Depreciation and amortization costs decreased $4.6 million, or 7.5%, in 2021 compared with 2020, primarily due 

to lower depreciation of software assets.

2021 Compared with 2019

Depreciation and amortization costs decreased $3.2 million, or 5.2%, in 2021 compared with 2019 due to lower 

depreciation of software assets, partially offset by equipment and building projects that were placed in service. 

Other Items

See Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding other items.

NON-OPERATING ITEMS

Investments in Joint Ventures

See Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding our joint venture 

investments. 

Interest Income/(Expense) and Other, Net

See Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding interest expense 

and other.

Income Taxes

See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding income taxes. 

Other Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs

See Notes 9 and 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding other 

components of net periodic benefit costs.

P. 42 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We have included in this report certain supplemental financial information derived from consolidated financial 

information but not presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we have 
referred to the following non-GAAP financial measures in this report:

• diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluding severance, non-operating retirement costs 

and the impact of special items (or adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations);

• operating profit before depreciation, amortization, severance, multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs 
and special items (or adjusted operating profit, and as a percentage of revenues, adjusted operating profit 
margin); and

• operating costs before depreciation, amortization, severance and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal 

costs (or adjusted operating costs).

The special items in 2021 consisted of:

• a $27.2 million gain ($19.8 million after tax or $0.12 per share) related to a non-marketable equity investment 
transaction. The gain consists of a $15.2 million realized gain due to the partial sale of the investment and an 
$11.9 million unrealized gain due to the mark to market of the remaining investment, and is included in 
Interest income and other, net in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations; and

• a $3.8 million charge ($2.8 million or $0.02 per share after tax) resulting from the termination of a tenant’s 

lease in the Company Headquarters.

The special items in 2020 consisted of:

• a $10.1 million gain ($7.4 million after tax or $0.04 per share) related to a non-marketable equity investment 

transaction. The gain consists of $2.5 million realized gain due to the partial sale of the investment and a $7.6 
million unrealized gain due to the mark to market of the remaining investment, and is included in Interest 
income/(expense) and other, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations;

• A $5 million gain ($3.1 million or $0.02 per share after tax and net of noncontrolling interest) reflecting our 

proportionate share of a distribution from the pending liquidation of Madison Paper Industries (“Madison”), 
in which the Company has an investment through a subsidiary; and

• $80.6 million in pension settlement charges ($59.1 million after tax or $0.35 per share) in connection with the 

transfer of certain pension benefit obligations to an insurer. 

The special items in 2019 consisted of:

• a $4.0 million charge ($3.0 million after tax or $0.02 per share) related to restructuring charges, including 

impairment and severance charges related to the closure of our digital marketing agency, HelloSociety, LLC; 
and

• a $2.0 million gain ($1.5 million after tax or $0.01 per share) from a multiemployer pension plan liability 

adjustment.

We have included these non-GAAP financial measures because management reviews them on a regular basis 
and uses them to evaluate and manage the performance of our operations. We believe that, for the reasons outlined 
below, these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors as a supplement to reported 
diluted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations, operating profit/(loss) and operating costs. However, 
these measures should be evaluated only in conjunction with the comparable GAAP financial measures and should 
not be viewed as alternative or superior measures of GAAP results.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations provides useful information in evaluating the 

Company’s period-to-period performance because it eliminates items that the Company does not consider to be 
indicative of earnings from ongoing operating activities. Adjusted operating profit (and adjusted operating profit 
margin) is useful in evaluating the ongoing performance of the Company’s business as it excludes the significant non-
cash impact of depreciation and amortization, as well as items not indicative of ongoing operating activities. Total 
operating costs include depreciation, amortization, severance and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 43

Total operating costs excluding these items provide investors with helpful supplemental information on the 
Company’s underlying operating costs that is used by management in its financial and operational decision-making.

Management considers special items, which may include impairment charges, pension settlement charges and 

other items that arise from time to time, to be outside the ordinary course of our operations. Management believes 
that excluding these items provides a better understanding of the underlying trends in the Company’s operating 
performance and allows more accurate comparisons of the Company’s operating results to historical performance. In 
addition, management excludes severance costs, which may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, because it 
believes these costs do not necessarily reflect expected future operating costs and do not contribute to a meaningful 
comparison of the Company’s operating results to historical performance.

Included in our non-GAAP financial measures are non-operating retirement costs which are primarily tied to 

financial market performance and changes in market interest rates and investment performance. Management 
considers non-operating retirement costs to be outside the performance of the business and believes that presenting 
adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluding non-operating retirement costs and 
presenting adjusted operating results excluding multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs, in addition to the 
Company’s GAAP diluted earnings per share from continuing operations and GAAP operating results, provide 
increased transparency and a better understanding of the underlying trends in the Company’s operating business 
performance.

Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures from, respectively, diluted earnings per share from continuing 

operations, operating profit and operating costs, the most directly comparable GAAP items, as well as details on the 
components of non-operating retirement costs, are set out in the tables below.

Reconciliation of diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluding severance, non-operating retirement costs and 
special items (or adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations)

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

$ 

1.31 

$ 

0.60 

*

Years Ended

% Change

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

2021 vs. 
2020

Add:

Severance

Non-operating retirement costs:

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs

Other components of net periodic benefit costs

Special items:

Gain from non-marketable equity security

Lease termination charge

Gain from joint venture, net of noncontrolling interest

Pension settlement charge

Income tax expense/(benefit) of adjustments

0.01 

0.03 

0.06 

(0.16) 

0.02 

— 

— 

0.01 

0.04 

 (75.0) %

0.03 

0.05 

(0.06) 

— 

(0.03) 

0.48 

(0.14) 

 — 

 20.0 %

*

*

*

*

*

Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (1)

$ 

1.28 

$ 

0.97 

 32.0 %

* Represents a change equal to or in excess of 100% or one that is not meaningful.
(1) Amounts may not add due to rounding.

P. 44 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of operating profit before depreciation and amortization, severance, multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs and 
special items (or adjusted operating profit) and of adjusted operating profit margin

(In thousands)

Operating profit

Add:

Years Ended

% Change

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

2021 vs. 
2020

2021 vs. 
2019

$ 

268,034 

$ 

176,256 

$ 

175,582 

 52.1 %

 52.7 %

Depreciation and amortization

57,502 

62,136 

60,661 

 (7.5) %

 (5.2) %

Severance

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs 

Special items:

Lease termination charge

Restructuring charge

Gain from pension liability adjustment

882 

5,150 

3,831 

— 

— 

6,675 

5,550 

— 

— 

— 

3,979 

6,183 

— 

4,008 

(2,045) 

 (86.8) %

 (77.8) %

 (7.2) %

 (16.7) %

*

 — 

 — 

*

*

*

Adjusted operating profit

$ 

335,399 

$ 

250,617 

$ 

248,368 

 33.8 %

 35.0 %

Divided by:

Revenue

2,074,877 

1,783,639 

1,812,184 

 16.3 %

 14.5 %

Adjusted operating profit margin

 16.2 %

 14.1 %

 13.7 %

210 bps

250 bps

* Represents a change equal to or in excess of 100% or one that is not meaningful.

Reconciliation of operating costs before depreciation and amortization, severance and multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs (or 
adjusted operating costs)

(In thousands)

Operating costs

Less:

Years Ended

% Change

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

2021 vs. 
2020

2021 vs. 
2019

$ 

1,803,012 

$ 

1,607,383 

$ 

1,634,639 

 12.2 %

 10.3 %

Depreciation and amortization

57,502 

62,136 

60,661 

 (7.5) %

 (5.2) %

Severance

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal costs

882 

5,150 

6,675 

5,550 

3,979 

6,183 

 (86.8) %

 (77.8) %

 (7.2) %

 (16.7) %

Adjusted operating costs

$ 

1,739,478 

$  1,533,022 

$ 

1,563,816 

 13.5 %

 11.2 %

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overview

The following table presents information about our financial position:

Financial Position Summary

(In thousands, except ratios)

Cash and cash equivalents

Marketable securities

Total cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities (1)

Total New York Times Company stockholders’ equity

Ratios:

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

2021 vs. 2020

% Change

$ 

319,973 

$ 

286,079 

754,455 

595,911 

1,074,428 

881,990 

1,538,720 

1,325,517 

 11.8 

 26.6 

 21.8 

 16.1 

Current assets to current liabilities

1.70 

1.72 

(1) Approximately $550.0 million of cash and marketable securities were used in February 2022 to fund the purchase price of The Athletic (refer to 

commentary below).

Our primary sources of cash from operations were revenues from subscription and advertising sales. 
Subscription and advertising revenues provided about 66% and 24%, respectively, of total revenues in 2021. The 
remaining cash inflows were primarily from other revenue sources such as licensing, Wirecutter affiliate referrals, 
commercial printing, the leasing of floors in the Company Headquarters, retail commerce, television and film, our 
student subscription sponsorship program and our live events business.

Our primary uses of cash were for employee compensation and benefits and other operating expenses. We 
believe our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities balance and cash provided by operations, in combination 
with other sources of cash, will be sufficient to meet our financing needs over the next 12 months and beyond. 

We have continued to strengthen our liquidity position and our debt profile. As of December 26, 2021, we had 

cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $1.07 billion, and approximately $250 million in available 
borrowings and no amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility. Our cash and cash equivalents and marketable 
securities balances increased in 2021, primarily due to cash proceeds from operating activities and proceeds from the 
sale of non-marketable equity securities, partially offset by cash used for dividend payments, capital expenditures, 
and taxes paid on behalf of employees resulting from share-based compensation tax withholding. Approximately 
$550.0 million of cash and marketable securities were used in February 2022 to fund the purchase price of The 
Athletic (see Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to this 
acquisition).

We have paid quarterly dividends on the Class A and Class B Common Stock since late 2013. In February 2022, 

the Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.09 per share, an increase of $0.02 per share from the 
previous quarter (see Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information). We 
currently expect to continue to pay comparable cash dividends in the future, although changes in our dividend 
program will be considered by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, capital requirements, financial 
condition and other factors considered relevant. 

During 2021, we made contributions of $9.2 million to certain qualified pension plans funded by cash on hand. 
As of December 26, 2021, our qualified pension plans had plan assets that were $74.3 million above the present value 
of future benefits obligations, an improvement of $38.1 million from the surplus of $36.2 million as of December 27, 
2020. We expect contributions made to satisfy minimum funding requirements to total approximately $10 
million in 2022. In October 2020, we entered into an agreement with an insurance company to transfer the future 
benefit obligations and annuity administration for certain retirees (or their beneficiaries) in The New York Times 
Companies Pension Plan (the ”Pension Plan”). This transfer of plan assets and obligations reduced the Company’s 
qualified pension plan obligations by $236.3 million. 

P. 46 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February 2022, the Board of Directors approved a $150.0 million Class A stock repurchase program that 

replaced the previous program, which was approved in 2015. The new authorization provides that Class A shares 
may be purchased from time to time as market conditions warrant, through open market purchases, privately 
negotiated transactions or other means, including Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. We expect to repurchase shares 
primarily to offset the impact of dilution from our equity compensation program, but subject to market conditions 
and other factors, we may also make opportunistic repurchases to reduce share count. There is no expiration date 
with respect to this authorization. As of February 22, 2022, we repurchased 550,000 shares for approximately $23 
million under the new authorization.

Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash

Cash flows provided by/(used in) by category were as follows:

(In thousands)

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Operating Activities

Years Ended

% Change

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

2021 vs. 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

269,098 

$ 

297,933 

(180,807)  $ 

(199,080) 

(54,947)  $ 

(44,973) 

 (9.7) 

 (9.2) 

 22.2 

Cash from operating activities is generated by cash receipts from subscriptions, advertising sales and other 

revenue. Operating cash outflows include payments for employee compensation, retirement and other benefits, raw 
materials, marketing expenses, interest and income taxes. 

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased in 2021 compared with 2020 due to lower cash collections 

from accounts receivable and lower cash payments received from prepaid subscriptions, partially offset by higher net 
income adjusted for non-cash items and lower cash payments made to settle accounts payable, accrued payroll and 
other liabilities. 

Investing Activities

Cash from investing activities generally includes proceeds from marketable securities that have matured and 

the sale of assets, investments or a business. Cash used in investing activities generally includes purchases of 
marketable securities, payments for capital projects, acquisitions of new businesses and investments.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2021 was primarily related to $170.0 million in net purchases of 
marketable securities and $34.6 million in capital expenditures payments, partially offset by $20.1 million in cash 
proceeds related to the sale of a non-marketable equity investment.

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities generally includes borrowings under third-party financing arrangements, the 

issuance of long-term debt and funds from stock option exercises. Cash used in financing activities generally includes 
the repayment of amounts outstanding under third-party financing arrangements, the payment of dividends, the 
payment of long-term debt and capital lease obligations, and stock-based compensation tax withholding. 

Net cash used in financing activities in 2021 was primarily related to dividend payments of $45.3 million and 

share-based compensation tax withholding payments of $11.2 million.

See “— Third-Party Financing” below and our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for additional 

information on our sources and uses of cash.

Restricted Cash

We were required to maintain $14.3 million of restricted cash as of December 26, 2021, and $15.9 million as of 

December 27, 2020, substantially all of which is set aside to collateralize workers’ compensation obligations. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 47

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures totaled approximately $35 million and $30 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The 

increase in capital expenditures was primarily driven by improvements at our Company Headquarters and 
newsroom bureaus, partially offset by lower expenditures related to improvements at our College Point, N.Y, 
printing and distribution facility. The improvements in our Company Headquarters are intended to address growth 
in the number of employees and to enhance technologies that support our transition to hybrid work with employees 
working both from the office and remotely. The cash payments related to the capital expenditures totaled 
approximately $35 million and $34 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively, due to the timing of the payments. In 2022, 
we expect capital expenditures of approximately $50 million, which will be funded from cash on hand. The capital 
expenditures will be primarily driven by improvements in our Company Headquarters, investments in technology to 
support our strategic initiatives and expenditures related to our College Point, N.Y., printing and distribution facility.

Acquisition of The Athletic Media Company

On February 1, 2022, we completed the acquisition of The Athletic Media Company, a global digital 

subscription-based sports media business that provides national and local coverage of more than 200 clubs and teams 
in the U.S. and around the world, for an all-cash purchase price of $550 million, subject to customary closing 
adjustments (see Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to 
this acquisition). The purchase price was funded from cash on hand.

Third-Party Financing

As of December 26, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Company 

was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Credit Facility. See Note 7 for information regarding 
the Credit Facility. 

P. 48 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Contractual Obligations

The information provided is based on management’s best estimate and assumptions of our contractual 
obligations as of December 26, 2021. Actual payments in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table.

(In thousands)

Operating leases(1)

Benefit plans(2)

Total

Payment due in

Total

2022

2023-2024

2025-2026

Later Years

85,943 

353,040 

11,170 

50,352 

19,705 

88,632 

16,395 

79,043 

38,673 

135,013 

$ 

438,983 

$ 

61,522 

$ 

108,337 

$ 

95,438 

$ 

173,686 

(1) See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to our operating leases.
(2) The Company's general funding policy with respect to qualified pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum 

amount required by applicable law and regulations and Guild contracts. Contributions for our qualified pension plans and future benefit 
payments for our unfunded pension and other postretirement benefit payments have been estimated over a 10-year period; therefore, the 
amounts included in the “Later Years” column only include payments for the period of 2027-2031. For our funded qualified pension plans, 
estimating funding depends on several variables, including the performance of the plans' investments, assumptions for discount rates, 
expected long-term rates of return on assets, rates of compensation increases (applicable only for the Guild-Times Adjustable Pension Plan 
that has not been frozen) and other factors. Thus, our actual contributions could vary substantially from these estimates. While benefit payments 
under these plans are expected to continue beyond 2031, we have included in this table only those benefit payments estimated over the next 
10 years. Benefit plans in the table above also include estimated payments for multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liabilities. See Notes 9 
and 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to our pension and other postretirement benefits 
plans.

Other Liabilities — Other in our Consolidated Balance Sheets include liabilities related to (1) deferred 
compensation, primarily related to our deferred executive compensation plan (the “DEC”) and (2) various other 
liabilities, including our contingent tax liability for uncertain tax positions and contingent consideration. These 
liabilities are not included in the table above primarily because the timing of the future payments is not 
determinable. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

The DEC previously enabled certain eligible executives to elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a 

pre-tax basis. The deferred amounts are invested at the executives’ option in various mutual funds. The fair value of 
deferred compensation is based on the mutual fund investments elected by the executives and on quoted prices in 
active markets for identical assets. The fair value of deferred compensation was $21.1 million as of December 26, 2021. 
The DEC was frozen effective December 31, 2015, and no new contributions may be made into the plan. See Note 11 
of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on Other Liabilities — Other.

Our liability for uncertain tax positions was approximately $7 million, including approximately $1 million of 

accrued interest as of December 26, 2021. Until formal resolutions are reached between us and the taxing authorities, 
determining the timing and amount of possible audit settlements relating to uncertain tax positions is not practicable. 
Therefore, we do not include this obligation in the table of contractual obligations. See Note 12 of the Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding income taxes.

The contingent consideration represents contingent payments in connection with the acquisition of 

substantially all the assets and certain liabilities of Serial Productions, LLC. The Company estimated the fair value of 
the contingent consideration liability using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The estimate of the 
fair value of contingent consideration requires subjective assumptions to be made regarding probabilities assigned to 
operational targets and the discount rate. The contingent consideration balance of $7.5 million as of December 26, 
2021, is included in Accrued expenses and other, for the current portion of the liability, and Other non-current 
liabilities, for the long-term portion of the liability, in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 8 for more 
information.

We have a contract through the end of 2022 with Resolute FP US Inc., a subsidiary of Resolute Forest Products 

Inc., a major paper supplier, to purchase newsprint. The contract requires us to purchase annually the lesser of a fixed 
number of tons or a percentage of our total newsprint requirement at market rate in an arm’s length transaction. Since 
the quantities of newsprint purchased annually under this contract are based on our total newsprint requirement, the 
amount of the related payments for these purchases is excluded from the table above.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these 
financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for the periods presented.

We continually evaluate the policies and estimates we use to prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements. In 

general, management’s estimates are based on historical experience, information from third-party professionals and 
various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the facts and circumstances. Actual results may 
differ from those estimates made by management. 

Our critical accounting estimates include our accounting for goodwill and intangibles, retirement benefits and 
revenue recognition. Specific risks related to our critical accounting estimates are discussed below. For a description 
of our related accounting policies, refer to Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Intangibles

We evaluate whether there has been an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets not amortized on an annual 

basis or in an interim period if certain circumstances indicate that a possible impairment may exist.

(In thousands)

Goodwill

Intangibles

Total assets

Percentage of goodwill and intangibles to total assets

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

$ 

$ 

166,360 

14,246 

$ 

$ 

171,657 

16,298 

$  2,564,108 

$  2,307,689 

 7 %

 8 %

The impairment analysis is considered critical because of the significance of goodwill and intangibles to our 

Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We test goodwill for impairment at a reporting unit level. We first perform a qualitative assessment to 

determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value.

If we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 

value, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. Fair value is 
calculated by a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market approach model.

We test intangible assets that are not amortized (i.e., trade names) for impairment at the asset level. We first 

perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset is less 
than its carrying value. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the intangible asset is impaired, we perform 
a quantitative assessment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying amount. If the fair value, which is 
based on future cash flows, exceeds the carrying value, the asset is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount 
exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying 
amount of the asset over the fair value of the asset. We recognized a de minimis impairment in 2020 and 2019 related 
to the closure of HelloSociety and Fake Love digital marketing agencies.

Intangible assets that are amortized (i.e., customer lists, non-competes, etc.) are tested for impairment at the 

asset level associated with the lowest level of cash flows. An impairment exists if the carrying value of the asset (1) is 
not recoverable (the carrying value of the asset is greater than the sum of undiscounted cash flows) and (2) is greater 
than its fair value.

The discounted cash flow analysis requires us to make various judgments, estimates and assumptions, many of 

which are interdependent, about future revenues, operating margins, growth rates, capital expenditures, working 
capital, discount rates and royalty rates. The starting point for the assumptions used in our discounted cash flow 
analysis is the annual long-range financial forecast. The annual planning process that we undertake to prepare the 
long-range financial forecast takes into consideration a multitude of factors, including historical growth rates and 
operating performance, related industry trends, macroeconomic conditions, and marketplace data, among others. 
Assumptions are also made for perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-range financial forecast period. 

P. 50 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Our estimates of fair value are sensitive to changes in all of these variables, certain of which relate to broader 
macroeconomic conditions outside our control.

The market approach analysis includes applying a multiple, based on comparable market transactions, to 

certain operating metrics of a reporting unit.

The significant estimates and assumptions used by management in assessing the recoverability of goodwill and 
intangibles are estimated future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates, as well as other factors. Any changes in these 
estimates or assumptions could result in an impairment charge. The estimates, based on reasonable and supportable 
assumptions and projections, require management’s subjective judgment. Depending on the assumptions and 
estimates used, the estimated results of the impairment tests can vary within a range of outcomes.

For the 2021 annual impairment testing, based on our qualitative assessment, we concluded that goodwill and 

intangible assets are not impaired.

Retirement Benefits

Our single-employer pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are accounted for using 

actuarial valuations. We recognize the funded status of these plans – measured as the difference between plan assets, 
if funded, and the benefit obligation – on the balance sheet and recognize changes in the funded status that arise 
during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic pension cost, within other comprehensive 
income/(loss), net of tax. The assets related to our funded pension plans are measured at fair value.

We also recognize the present value of liabilities associated with the withdrawal from multiemployer pension 

plans. 

We consider accounting for retirement plans critical to our operations because management is required to make 

significant subjective judgments about a number of actuarial assumptions, which include discount rates, long-term 
return on plan assets and mortality rates. These assumptions may have an effect on the amount and timing of future 
contributions. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the impact from our pension and other 
postretirement benefits could vary within a range of outcomes and could have a material effect on our Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

 See “— Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” below for more information on our retirement benefits.

Revenue Recognition

Our contracts with customers sometimes include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a 
customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be 
accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. We use an observable price to determine 
the standalone selling price for separate performance obligations if available or, when not available, an estimate that 
maximizes the use of observable inputs and faithfully depicts the selling price of the promised goods or services if we 
sold those goods or services separately to a similar customer in similar circumstances. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 51

PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

We maintain the Pension Plan, a frozen single-employer defined benefit pension plan. The Company and The 
NewsGuild of New York (the “Guild”) jointly sponsor the Guild-Times Adjustable Pension Plan (the “APP”), which 
continues to accrue active benefits. Our pension liability also includes our multiemployer pension plan withdrawal 
obligations. Our liability for postretirement obligations includes our liability to provide health benefits to eligible 
retired employees.

The table below includes the liability for all of these plans.

(In thousands)

Pension and other postretirement liabilities (includes current portion)

Total liabilities

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

$ 

363,445 

$  1,023,383 

$ 

$ 

397,918 

979,578 

Percentage of pension and other postretirement liabilities to total liabilities

 35.5 %

 40.6 %

Pension Benefits

Our Company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans include qualified plans (funded) as well as non-
qualified plans (unfunded). These plans provide participating employees with retirement benefits in accordance with 
benefit formulas detailed in each plan. All of our non-qualified plans, which provide enhanced retirement benefits to 
select employees, are frozen, except for a foreign-based pension plan discussed below. 

Our joint Company and Guild-sponsored plan is a qualified plan and is included in the table below.

We also have a foreign-based pension plan for certain non-U.S. employees (the “foreign plan”). The information 

for the foreign plan is combined with the information for U.S. non-qualified plans. The benefit obligation of the 
foreign plan is immaterial to our total benefit obligation.

The funded status of our qualified and non-qualified pension plans as of December 26, 2021, is as follows:

(In thousands)

Pension obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Pension asset/obligation, net

December 26, 2021

Qualified
Plans

Non-Qualified
Plans

All Plans

$ 

1,475,764 

$ 

239,190 

$ 

1,714,954 

1,550,078 

— 

1,550,078 

$ 

74,314 

$ 

(239,190)  $ 

(164,876) 

We made contributions of approximately $9 million to the APP in 2021. We expect contributions made to satisfy 

minimum funding requirements to total approximately $10 million in 2022.

Pension expense is calculated using a number of actuarial assumptions, including an expected long-term rate of 
return on assets (for qualified plans) and a discount rate. Our methodology in selecting these actuarial assumptions is 
discussed below.

In determining the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we evaluated input from our investment 
consultants, actuaries and investment management firms, including our review of asset class return expectations, as 
well as long-term historical asset class returns. Projected returns by such consultants and economists are based on 
broad equity and bond indices. Our objective is to select an average rate of earnings expected on existing plan assets 
and expected contributions to the plan (less plan expenses to be incurred) during the year. The expected long-term 
rate of return determined on this basis was 3.75% at the beginning of 2021. Our plan assets had an average rate of 
return of approximately 1.91% in 2021 and an average annual return of approximately 13.65% over the three-year 
period 2019-2021. We regularly review our actual asset allocation and periodically rebalance our investments to meet 
our investment strategy.

P. 52 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
The market-related value of plan assets is multiplied by the expected long-term rate of return on assets to 

compute the expected return on plan assets, a component of net periodic pension cost. The market-related value of 
plan assets is a calculated value that recognizes changes in fair value over three years.

Based on the composition of our assets at the end of the year, we estimated our 2022 expected long-term rate of 
return to be 3.75%. If we had decreased our expected long-term rate of return on our plan assets by 50 basis points in 
2021, pension expense would have increased by approximately $7 million for our qualified pension plans. Our 
funding requirements would not have been materially affected.

We determined our discount rate using a Ryan ALM, Inc. Curve (the “Ryan Curve”). The Ryan Curve provides 

the bonds included in the curve and allows adjustments for certain outliers (i.e., bonds on “watch”). We believe the 
Ryan Curve allows us to calculate an appropriate discount rate. 

To determine our discount rate, we project a cash flow based on annual accrued benefits. For active 

participants, the benefits under the respective pension plans are projected to the date of termination. The projected 
plan cash flow is discounted to the measurement date, which is the last day of our fiscal year, using the annual spot 
rates provided in the Ryan Curve. A single discount rate is then computed so that the present value of the benefit 
cash flow equals the present value computed using the Ryan Curve rates.

The weighted-average discount rate determined on this basis was 2.94% for our qualified plans and 2.81% for 

our non-qualified plans as of December 26, 2021.

If we had decreased the expected discount rate by 50 basis points for our qualified plans and our non-qualified 

plans in 2021, pension expense would have decreased by approximately $0.3 million and our pension obligation 
would have increased by approximately $108 million as of December 26, 2021.

We will continue to evaluate all of our actuarial assumptions, generally on an annual basis, and will adjust as 
necessary. Actual pension expense will depend on future investment performance, changes in future discount rates, 
the level of contributions we make and various other factors.

We also recognize the present value of pension liabilities associated with the withdrawal from multiemployer 

pension plans. Our multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability was approximately $70 million as of 
December 26, 2021. This liability represents the present value of the obligations related to complete and partial 
withdrawals that have already occurred as well as an estimate of future partial withdrawals that we considered 
probable and reasonably estimable. For those plans that have yet to provide us with a demand letter, the actual 
liability will not be known until they complete a final assessment of the withdrawal liability and issue a demand to 
us. Therefore, the estimate of our multiemployer pension plan liability will be adjusted as more information becomes 
available that allows us to refine our estimates.

See Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our 

pension plans.

Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide health benefits to certain primarily grandfathered retired employee groups (and their eligible 
dependents) who meet the definition of an eligible participant and certain age and service requirements, as outlined 
in the plan document. There is a de minimis liability for retiree health benefits for active employees. While we offer 
pre-age 65 retiree medical coverage to employees who meet certain retiree medical eligibility requirements, we do not 
provide post-age 65 retiree medical benefits for employees who retired on or after March 1, 2009. We accrue the costs 
of postretirement benefits during the employees’ active years of service and our policy is to pay our portion of 
insurance premiums and claims from general corporate assets.

See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our 

other postretirement benefits.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding recent accounting 

pronouncements.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 53

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our market risk is principally associated with the following:

• Our exposure to changes in interest rates relates primarily to interest earned and market value on our cash 
and cash equivalents, and marketable securities. Our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities 
consist of cash, money market funds, certificates of deposit, U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency 
securities, commercial paper, and corporate debt securities. Our investment policy and strategy are focused 
on preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity requirements. Changes in U.S. interest rates affect the 
interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, and the market value of those 
securities. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would have resulted in a decrease of 
approximately $9 million in the market value of our marketable debt securities as of December 26, 2021, and 
December 27, 2020. Any realized gains or losses resulting from such interest rate changes would only occur if 
we sold the investments prior to maturity.

• The discount rate used to measure the benefit obligations for our qualified pension plans is determined by 

using the Ryan Curve, which provides rates for the bonds included in the curve and allows adjustments for 
certain outliers (i.e., bonds on “watch”). Broad equity and bond indices are used in the determination of the 
expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets. Therefore, interest rate fluctuations and volatility of 
the debt and equity markets can have a significant impact on asset values, the funded status of our pension 
plans and future anticipated contributions. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.”

• A significant portion of our employees are unionized and our results could be adversely affected if future 

labor negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations, 
or if a larger percentage of our workforce were to be unionized. In addition, if we are unable to negotiate 
labor contracts on reasonable terms, or if we were to experience labor unrest or other business interruptions 
in connection with labor negotiations or otherwise, our ability to produce and deliver our products could be 
impaired.

See Notes 4, 9 and 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

P. 54 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY 2021 FINANCIAL REPORT

INDEX

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42) on Consolidated Financial 
Statements 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42) on Internal Control Over 
Financial Reporting

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, 
and December 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 26, 2021, 
December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 26, 2021, 
December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, 
and December 29, 2019

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1.   Basis of Presentation

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

3.   Revenue

4.   Marketable Securities

5.   Goodwill and Intangibles

6.   Investments

7.   Other

8.   Fair Value Measurements

9.   Pension Benefits

10. Other Postretirement Benefits

11. Other Liabilities

12. Income Taxes

13. Earnings/(Loss) Per Share

14. Stock-Based Awards

15. Stockholders’ Equity

16. Segment Information

17. Leases

18. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

19. Subsequent Events

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three years ended December 26, 2021

PAGE

56

56

57

59

61

63

65

66

67

69

69

69

76

78

80

81

81

83

85

95

98

99

101

102

105

106

106

109

109

110

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 55

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

The Company’s consolidated financial statements were prepared by management, who is responsible for their 

integrity and objectivity. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and, as such, include amounts based on 
management’s best estimates and judgments.

Management is further responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 

reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
GAAP. The Company follows and continuously monitors its policies and procedures for internal control over 
financial reporting to ensure that this objective is met (see “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting” below).

The consolidated financial statements were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public 

accounting firm, in 2021, 2020 and 2019. Its audits were conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and its report is shown on Page 57.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets 
regularly with the independent registered public accounting firm, internal auditors and management to discuss 
specific accounting, financial reporting and internal control matters. Both the independent registered public 
accounting firm and the internal auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. Each year the Audit 
Committee selects, subject to ratification by the Company’s stockholders, the firm that is to perform audit and other 
related work for the Company.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 

financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, 
assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 26, 2021, using 
the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control 
— Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 26, 2021, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 26, 2021, has been 
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that also audited the consolidated 
financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Their report on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting is included on Page 59 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

P. 56 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of The New York Times Company 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The New York Times Company (the 
Company) as of December 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive income/(loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the 
period ended December 26, 2021, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed at Item 15(A)(2) of 
The New York Times Company’s 2021 Annual Report on Form 10-K (collectively referred to as the “consolidated 
financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of The New York Times Company at December 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, and the results of 
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 26, 2021, in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States) (PCAOB), The New York Times Company's internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 26, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 23, 2022 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of The New York Times Company's management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on The New York Times Company’s financial statements based on our audits. 
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to The 
New York Times Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of 
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. 
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial 

statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the Audit Committee and that: (1) relates to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical 
audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosure to which 
it relates.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 57

 
Description of 
the matter

How we 
addressed the 
matter in our 
audit

Valuation of the pension benefit obligation
At December 26, 2021, the aggregate defined benefit pension obligation was $1,715 million 
which exceeded the fair value of pension plan assets of $1,550 million, resulting in an unfunded 
defined benefit pension obligation of $165 million. As discussed in Note 2, the Company makes 
significant subjective judgments about a number of actuarial assumptions, which include 
discount rates and long-term return on plan assets.

Auditing management’s estimate of the defined benefit pension obligation involves especially 
challenging and complex judgments because of the highly subjective nature of the actuarial 
assumptions (e.g., discount rate and expected return on plan assets) used in the measurement of 
the defined benefit pension obligation and the impact small changes in these assumptions 
would have on the measurement of the defined benefit pension obligation and expense. 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of 
controls that address the risks of material misstatement relating to the measurement and 
valuation of the defined benefit pension obligation. Specifically, we tested controls over 
management’s review of the defined benefit pension obligation, the significant actuarial 
assumptions including the discount rate and long-term rate of return, and the data inputs 
provided to the actuary.

To test the defined benefit pension obligation, our audit procedures included, among others, 
evaluating the methodology used, the significant actuarial assumptions discussed above, and 
testing the underlying data used by the Company. We compared the actuarial assumptions used 
by management to historical trends and evaluated the change in the components of the defined 
benefit pension obligation from prior year due to the change in service cost, interest cost, 
actuarial gains and losses, benefit payments, contributions, and other. In addition, we involved 
actuarial specialists to assist in evaluating the key assumptions. To evaluate the discount rate, 
we independently developed yield curves reflecting an independently selected subset of bonds.  
In addition, we discounted the plans’ projected benefit cash outlays with independently 
developed yield curves and compared these results to the defined benefit pension obligation.  
To evaluate the expected return on plan assets, we independently calculated a range of returns 
for each class of plan investments and based on the investment allocations compared the results 
to the Company’s selected long-term rate of return. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as The New York Times Company’s auditor since 2007.

New York, New York

February 23, 2022 

P. 58 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of The New York Times Company

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited The New York Times Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 

December 26, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, The 
New York Times Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 26, 2021, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 

Board (United States) (PCAOB), the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The New York Times Company 
as of December 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive income/(loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in 
the period ended December 26, 2021, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed at Item 
15(A)(2) and our report dated February 23, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The New York Times Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in 
the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on The New York Times Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to The 
New York Times Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we 

plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 

that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 59

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

February 23, 2022 

P. 60 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term marketable securities

Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $12,374 in 2021 and $13,797 in 2020)

Prepaid expenses

Other current assets

Total current assets

Long-term marketable securities

Property, plant and equipment:

Equipment

Buildings, building equipment and improvements

Software

Land

Assets in progress

Total, at cost

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill

Deferred income taxes

Miscellaneous assets

Total assets

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

$ 

319,973 

$ 

286,079 

341,075 

309,080 

232,908 

183,692 

33,199 

25,553 

29,487 

27,497 

952,708 

835,835 

413,380 

286,831 

426,912 

470,505 

723,850 

722,122 

72,600 

173,046 

106,128 

105,710 

23,099 

9,282 

1,352,589 

1,480,665 

(777,637) 

(886,149) 

574,952 

594,516 

166,360 

171,657 

95,800 

99,518 

360,908 

319,332 

$ 

2,564,108 

$ 

2,307,689 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — continued

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

Accrued payroll and other related liabilities

Unexpired subscriptions revenue

Accrued expenses and other

Total current liabilities

Other liabilities

Pension benefits obligation

Postretirement benefits obligation

Other

Total other liabilities

Stockholders’ equity

Common stock of $.10 par value:

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

$ 

127,073 

$ 

123,157 

166,464 

121,159 

119,296 

105,346 

146,319 

137,086 

559,152 

486,748 

295,104 

326,555 

36,086 

38,690 

133,041 

127,585 

464,231 

492,830 

Class A – authorized: 300,000,000 shares; issued: 2021 – 175,971,801; 2020 – 175,308,672 (including 
treasury shares: 2021 – 8,870,801; 2020 – 8,870,801)

17,597 

17,531 

78 

78 

230,115 

216,714 

1,845,343 

1,672,586 

(171,211) 

(171,211) 

3,754 

8,386 

(385,680) 

(421,698) 

(1,276) 

3,131 

(383,202) 

(410,181) 

1,538,720 

1,325,517 

2,005 

2,594 

1,540,725 

1,328,111 

$ 

2,564,108 

$ 

2,307,689 

Class B – convertible – authorized and issued shares: 2021 – 781,724; 2020 – 781,724 (including 
treasury shares: 2021 – none; 2020 – none)

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Common stock held in treasury, at cost

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes:

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Funded status of benefit plans

Unrealized (loss)/gain on available-for-sale securities

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

Total New York Times Company stockholders’ equity

Noncontrolling interest

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

P. 62 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

Revenues

Subscription

Advertising

Other

Total revenues

Operating costs

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

Sales and marketing

Product development

General and administrative

Depreciation and amortization

Total operating costs

Restructuring charge

Gain from pension liability adjustment

Lease termination charge

Operating profit

Other components of net periodic benefit costs

Gain from joint ventures

Interest income/(expense) and other, net

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Years Ended

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

$ 

1,362,115 

$ 

1,195,368 

$ 

1,083,851 

497,536 

215,226 

392,420 

195,851 

530,678 

197,655 

2,074,877 

1,783,639 

1,812,184 

1,039,568 

294,947 

160,871 

250,124 

57,502 

959,312 

228,993 

133,384 

223,558 

62,136 

988,159 

272,626 

106,415 

206,778 

60,661 

1,803,012 

1,607,383 

1,634,639 

— 

— 

3,831 

268,034 

10,478 

— 

32,945 

290,501 

70,530 

219,971 

— 

— 

— 

4,008 

(2,045) 

— 

176,256 

175,582 

89,154 

5,000 

23,330 

115,432 

14,595 

100,837 

7,302 

— 

(3,820) 

164,460 

24,494 

139,966 

— 

Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest

— 

(734) 

Net income attributable to The New York Times Company common stockholders

$ 

219,971 

$ 

100,103 

$ 

139,966 

Amounts attributable to The New York Times Company common stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

Net income

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

$ 

$ 

219,971 

219,971 

$ 

$ 

100,103 

100,103 

$ 

$ 

139,966 

139,966 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

(In thousands, except per share data)

Average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Basic earnings per share attributable to The New York Times Company common 
stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

Net income

Diluted earnings per share attributable to The New York Times Company common 
stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

Net income

Dividends declared per share

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Years Ended

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

167,929 

168,533 

166,973 

168,038 

166,042 

167,545 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.31  $ 

1.31  $ 

0.60  $ 

0.60  $ 

1.31  $ 

1.31  $ 

0.28  $ 

0.60  $ 

0.60  $ 

0.24  $ 

0.84 

0.84 

0.83 

0.83 

0.20 

P. 64 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

(In thousands)

Net income

Other comprehensive income/(loss), before tax:

Years Ended

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

$ 

219,971 

$ 

100,837 

$ 

139,966 

Foreign currency translation adjustments-(loss)/income

(6,328) 

6,763 

(1,684) 

Pension and postretirement benefits obligation

Net unrealized (loss)/gain on available-for-sale securities

Other comprehensive income, before tax

Income tax expense

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Comprehensive income

49,250 

105,660 

(6,025) 

3,497 

36,897 

115,920 

9,918 

26,979 

31,125 

84,795 

28,987 

3,624 

30,927 

8,179 

22,748 

246,950 

185,632 

162,714 

Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest

— 

(734) 

— 

Comprehensive income attributable to The New York Times Company common 
stockholders

$ 

246,950 

$ 

184,898 

$ 

162,714 

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands,
except share and
per share data)

Capital 
Stock 
Class A
and
Class B 
Common

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury,
at Cost

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of
Income
Taxes

Total
New York
Times
Company
Stockholders’
Equity

Non-
controlling
Interest

Total
Stock-
holders’
Equity

Balance, December 30, 2018

$  17,396  $  206,316  $ 1,506,004  $ (171,211) $ 

(517,724)  $ 

1,040,781  $ 

1,860  $ 1,042,641 

Net income

Dividends

Other comprehensive income

Issuance of shares:

Stock options – 419,160 
Class A shares

Restricted stock units vested – 
246,599 Class A shares

Performance-based awards – 
418.491 Class A shares

Stock-based compensation

—   

—   

—   

—    139,966   

—   

—   

(33,312)   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

22,748   

139,966   

(33,312)   

22,748   

—    139,966 

—   

(33,312) 

—   

22,748 

42   

4,478   

—   

—   

24   

(3,750)   

—   

—   

42   

(11,964)   

—   

12,948   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

4,520   

—   

4,520 

(3,726)   

—   

(3,726) 

(11,922)   

12,948   

—   

(11,922) 

—   

12,948 

Balance, December 29, 2019

17,504    208,028    1,612,658    (171,211)   

(494,976)   

1,172,003   

1,860    1,173,863 

Net income

Dividends

Other comprehensive income

Issuance of shares:

Stock options – 644,268 
Class A shares

Restricted stock units vested – 
142,958 Class A shares

Performance-based awards – 
257,098 Class A shares

Stock-based compensation

—   

—   

—   

—    100,103   

—   

—   

(40,175)   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

84,795   

100,103   

734    100,837 

(40,175)   

84,795   

—   

(40,175) 

—   

84,795 

65   

6,006   

—   

—   

14   

(3,933)   

—   

—   

26   

(7,852)   

—   

14,465   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

6,071   

—   

6,071 

(3,919)   

—   

(3,919) 

(7,826)   

14,465   

—   

(7,826) 

—   

14,465 

Balance, December 27, 2020

17,609    216,714    1,672,586    (171,211)   

(410,181)   

1,325,517   

2,594    1,328,111 

Net income

Dividends

Other comprehensive income

Issuance of shares:

Stock options – 324,460 
Class A shares

Restricted stock units vested – 
196,416 Class A shares

Performance-based awards – 
142,253 Class A shares

Stock-based compensation

Distributions

—   

—   

—   

—    219,971   

—   

(47,214)   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

219,971   

(47,214)   

—    219,971 

—   

(47,214) 

26,979   

26,979   

—   

26,979 

33   

2,421   

—   

—   

19   

(5,288)   

—   

—   

14   

—   
—   

(5,947)   

22,215   
—   

—   

—   
—   

—   

—   
—   

—   

—   

—   

—   
—   

2,454   

—   

2,454 

(5,269)   

—   

(5,269) 

(5,933)   

22,215   
—   

—   

(5,933) 

—   

22,215 

(589)   

(589) 

Balance, December 26, 2021

$  17,675  $  230,115  $ 1,845,343  $ (171,211) $ 

(383,202)  $ 

1,538,720  $ 

2,005  $ 1,540,725 

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

P. 66 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

December 26, 
2021

Years Ended
December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

$ 

219,971 

$ 

100,837 

$ 

139,966 

Pension settlement expense

Depreciation and amortization

Lease termination charge

Amortization of right of use asset

Stock-based compensation expense

Gain from joint ventures

Deferred income taxes

Gain on non-marketable equity investment

Change in long-term retirement benefit obligations

Fair market value adjustment on life insurance products

Uncertain tax positions

Other – net

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable – net

Other current assets

Accounts payable, accrued payroll and other liabilities

Unexpired subscriptions

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of marketable securities

Maturities/disposals of marketable securities

Business acquisitions

Proceeds from investments 

Capital expenditures

Other - net

— 

57,502 

3,831 

9,488 

22,215 

— 

(6,358) 

(27,156) 

(19,222) 

118 

— 

3,210 

(49,216) 

(5,289) 

46,054 

13,950 

269,098 

(763,425) 

593,465 

— 

20,074 

(34,637) 

3,716 

80,641 

62,136 
— 

8,568 

14,437 

(5,000) 

(16,043) 

(10,074) 

(17,166) 

(578) 

(644) 

706 

29,710 

8,960 

24,516 

16,927 

297,933 

(632,364) 

491,128 

(33,085) 

6,841 

(34,451) 

2,851 

Net cash (used) in/provided by investing activities

(180,807) 

(199,080) 

Cash flows from financing activities

Long-term obligations:

Repayment of debt and capital lease obligations

Dividends paid

Payment of contingent consideration

Capital shares:

Stock issuances

Share-based compensation tax withholding

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the year

— 

(45,337) 

(862) 

2,454 

(11,202) 

(54,947) 

33,344 

(1,002) 

301,964 

— 

(38,437) 

(862) 

6,071 

(11,745) 

(44,973) 

53,880 

566 

247,518 

— 

60,661 
— 

7,384 

12,948 

— 

4,242 

(1,886) 

(22,914) 

(3,461) 

(4,627) 

700 

9,062 

(3,355) 

(13,197) 

4,375 

189,898 

(572,337) 

707,632 

— 

85 

(45,441) 

3,273 

93,212 

(252,559) 

(31,604) 

— 

4,520 

(15,648) 

(295,291) 

(12,181) 

(100) 

259,799 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the year

$ 

334,306 

$ 

301,964 

$ 

247,518 

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash Flow Information

(In thousands)

Cash payments

Interest, net of capitalized interest

Income tax payments – net

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Years Ended

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

$ 

$ 

546 

66,443 

$ 

$ 

508 

24,382 

$ 

$ 

28,049 

30,407 

P. 68 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation

Nature of Operations

The New York Times Company is a global media organization that includes our newspaper, digital and print 

products and related businesses. The New York Times Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to 
collectively as the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us.” Our major sources of revenue are subscriptions and 
advertising.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of our Company 
and our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany transactions.

The portion of the net income or loss and equity of a subsidiary attributable to the owners of a subsidiary other 
than the Company (a noncontrolling interest) is included as a component of consolidated stockholders‘ equity in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, within net income or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, within 
comprehensive income or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) and as a component 
of consolidated stockholders’ equity in our Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 

assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results could differ 
from these estimates.

Fiscal Year

Fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 each comprised 52 weeks, and ended as of December 26, 2021, December 27, 

2020, and December 29, 2019, respectively. 

In December 2021, the Board of Directors approved a resolution to change the Company’s fiscal year from a 
52/53 week fiscal year ending the last Sunday of December to a calendar year. Accordingly, the Company’s 2022 
fiscal year, which commenced December 27, 2021, will be extended from December 25, 2022, to December 31,2022, 
and subsequent fiscal years will begin on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash 

equivalents. 

Marketable Securities

We have investments in marketable debt securities. We determine the appropriate classification of our 

investments at the date of purchase and reevaluate the classifications at the balance sheet date. Marketable debt 
securities with maturities of 12 months or less are classified as short-term. Marketable debt securities with maturities 
greater than 12 months are classified as long-term, unless we identified specific securities we intend to sell within the 
next 12 months. The Company’s marketable securities are accounted for as available for sale (“AFS”).

AFS securities are reported at fair value. We assess AFS securities on a quarterly basis or more often if a 
potential loss-triggering event occurs. For AFS securities in an unrealized loss position, we first assess whether we 
intend to sell, or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized 
cost basis is written down to fair value through income. For AFS securities that do not meet the aforementioned 
criteria, we evaluate whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this 
assessment, we consider the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, creditworthiness of the security, 
and adverse conditions specifically related to the security. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the 
present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security is compared to the amortized cost basis of the 
security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 69

exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the 
amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized 
in other comprehensive income.

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentration of risk, are cash and cash equivalents and 

marketable securities. Cash is placed with major financial institutions. As of December 26, 2021, we had cash balances 
at financial institutions in excess of federal insurance limits. We periodically evaluate the credit standing of these 
financial institutions as part of our ongoing investment strategy.

Our marketable securities portfolio consists of investment-grade securities diversified among security types, 

issuers and industries. Our cash equivalents and marketable securities are primarily managed by third-party 
investment managers who are required to adhere to investment policies approved by our Board of Directors designed 
to mitigate risk.

Accounts Receivable

Credit is extended to our advertisers and our subscribers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial 

condition, and collateral is not required from such customers. Allowances for estimated credit losses, rebates, returns, 
rate adjustments and discounts are generally established based on historical experience and include consideration of 
relevant significant current events, reasonable and supportable forecasts and their implications for expected credit 
losses.

Investments

Investments in which we have at least a 20%, but not more than a 50%, interest are generally accounted for 

under the equity method. We elected the fair value measurement alternative for our investment interests below 20% 
and account for these investments at cost less impairments, adjusted by observable price changes in orderly 
transactions for the identical or similar investments of the same issuer given our equity instruments are without 
readily determinable fair values. 

We evaluate whether there has been an impairment of our investments annually or in an interim period if 

circumstances indicate that a possible impairment may exist.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the 

shorter of estimated asset service lives or lease terms as follows: buildings, building equipment and improvements – 
10 to 40 years; equipment – 3 to 30 years; and software – 3 to 5 years. We capitalize interest costs and certain staffing 
costs as part of the cost of major projects.

We evaluate whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets, primarily property, plant and 
equipment, if certain circumstances indicate that a possible impairment may exist. These assets are tested for 
impairment at the asset group level associated with the lowest level of cash flows. An impairment exists if the 
carrying value of the asset (i) is not recoverable (the carrying value of the asset is greater than the sum of 
undiscounted cash flows) and (ii) is greater than its fair value. 

Leases

Lessee activities

We enter into operating leases for office space and equipment. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at 
inception. Certain office space leases provide for rent adjustments relating to changes in real estate taxes and other 
operating costs. Options to extend the term of operating leases are not recognized as part of the right-of-use asset 
until we are reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. We may terminate our leases with the notice 
required under the lease and upon the payment of a termination fee, if required. Our leases do not include substantial 
variable payments based on index or rate.

Our leases do not provide a readily determinable implicit discount rate. Therefore, we estimate our incremental 

borrowing rate to discount the lease payments based on the information available at lease commencement.

We recognize a single lease cost on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and we classify all cash 

P. 70 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

payments within operating activities in the statement of cash flows. Our lease agreements do not contain any material 
residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

We evaluate right-of-use assets for impairment consistent with our property, plant and equipment policy. There 

were no impairments of right-of-use assets in 2021.

Lessor activities

Our leases to third parties predominantly relate to office space in our leasehold condominium interest in our 

New York headquarters building located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York (the “Company 
Headquarters”). We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Office space leases are operating leases and 
generally include options to extend the term of the lease. Our leases do not include variable payments based on index 
or rate. We do not separate the lease and non-lease components in a contract. The non-lease components 
predominantly include charges for utilities usage and other operating expenses estimated based on the proportionate 
share of the rental space of each lease.

For our office space operating leases, we recognize rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the 

lease and we classify all cash payments within operating activities in the statement of cash flows. 

Residual value risk is not a primary risk resulting from our office space operating leases because of the long-

lived nature of the underlying real estate assets, which generally hold their value or appreciate in the long term.

We evaluate assets leased to third parties for impairment consistent with our property, plant and equipment 

policy. There were no impairments of assets leased to third parties in 2021.

Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of tangible and intangible net assets acquired. Goodwill is not 

amortized but tested for impairment annually or in an interim period if certain circumstances indicate a possible 
impairment may exist. Our annual impairment testing date is the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter. 

We test goodwill for impairment at a reporting unit level. We first perform a qualitative assessment to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The 
qualitative assessment includes, but is not limited to, the results of our most recent quantitative impairment test, 
consideration of industry, market and macroeconomic conditions, cost factors, cash flows, changes in key 
management personnel and our share price. The result of this assessment determines whether it is necessary to 
perform the goodwill impairment test (formerly “Step 1”). For the 2021 annual impairment testing, based on our 
qualitative assessment, we concluded that goodwill is not impaired.

If we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 

value, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. Fair value is 
calculated by a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market approach model. In calculating fair value 
for a reporting unit, we generally weigh the results of the discounted cash flow model more heavily than the market 
approach because the discounted cash flow model is specific to our business and long-term projections. If the fair 
value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of that reporting unit is not considered impaired. If 
the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount 
equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

We test intangible assets that are not amortized (i.e., trade names) for impairment at the asset level. We first 

perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset is less 
than its carrying value. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the intangible asset is impaired, we perform 
a quantitative assessment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying amount. If the fair value, which is 
based on future cash flows, exceeds the carrying value, the asset is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount 
exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying 
amount of the asset over the fair value of the asset. We recognized a de minimis impairment in 2020 and 2019 related 
to the closure of HelloSociety and Fake Love digital marketing agencies.

Intangible assets that are amortized (i.e., customer lists, non-competes, etc.) are tested for impairment at the 

asset level associated with the lowest level of cash flows. An impairment exists if the carrying value of the asset (1) is 
not recoverable (the carrying value of the asset is greater than the sum of undiscounted cash flows) and (2) is greater 
than its fair value.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 71

The discounted cash flow analysis requires us to make various judgments, estimates and assumptions, many of 

which are interdependent, about future revenues, operating margins, growth rates, capital expenditures, working 
capital, discount rates and royalty rates. The starting point for the assumptions used in our discounted cash flow 
analysis is the annual long-range financial forecast. The annual planning process that we undertake to prepare the 
long-range financial forecast takes into consideration a multitude of factors, including historical growth rates and 
operating performance, related industry trends, macroeconomic conditions, and marketplace data, among others. 
Assumptions are also made for perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-range financial forecast period. 
Our estimates of fair value are sensitive to changes in all of these variables, certain of which relate to broader 
macroeconomic conditions outside our control.

The market approach analysis includes applying a multiple, based on comparable market transactions, to 

certain operating metrics of a reporting unit.

The significant estimates and assumptions used by management in assessing the recoverability of goodwill 

acquired and intangibles are estimated future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates, as well as other factors. Any 
changes in these estimates or assumptions could result in an impairment charge. The estimates, based on reasonable 
and supportable assumptions and projections, require management’s subjective judgment. Depending on the 
assumptions and estimates used, the estimated results of the impairment tests can vary within a range of outcomes.

In addition to annual testing, management uses certain indicators to evaluate whether the carrying value of a 

reporting unit or intangibles may not be recoverable and an interim impairment test may be required. These 
indicators include: (1) current-period operating results or cash flow declines combined with a history of operating 
results or cash flow declines or a projection/forecast that demonstrates continuing declines in the cash flow or the 
inability to improve our operations to forecasted levels; (2) a significant adverse change in the business climate, 
whether structural or technological; (3) significant impairments; and (4) a decline in our stock price and market 
capitalization. 

Self-Insurance

We self-insure for workers’ compensation costs, automobile and general liability claims, up to certain 
deductible limits, as well as for certain employee medical and disability benefits. Employee medical costs above a 
certain threshold are insured by a third party. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks are primarily calculated 
using actuarial methods. The liabilities include amounts for actual claims, claim growth and claims incurred but not 
yet reported. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks were approximately $24 million and $23 million as of 
December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, respectively.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

Our single-employer pension and other postretirement benefit costs are accounted for using actuarial 

valuations. We recognize the funded status of these plans – measured as the difference between plan assets, if funded, 
and the benefit obligation – on the balance sheet and recognize changes in the funded status that arise during the 
period but are not recognized as components of net periodic pension cost, within other comprehensive income/(loss), 
net of income taxes. The service cost component of net periodic pension cost is recognized in Total operating costs 
while the other components are recognized within Other components of net periodic benefit costs in our Consolidated 
Statements of Operations below Operating profit.

The assets related to our funded pension plans are measured at fair value.

We make significant subjective judgments about a number of actuarial assumptions, which include discount 

rates, health-care cost trend rates, long-term return on plan assets and mortality rates. Depending on the assumptions 
and estimates used, the impact from our pension and other postretirement benefits could vary within a range of 
outcomes and could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

We have elected the practical expedient to use the month-end that is closest to our fiscal year-end for measuring 

the single-employer pension plan assets and obligations, as well as other postretirement benefit plan assets and 
obligations. 

P. 72 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

We also recognize the present value of pension liabilities associated with the withdrawal from multiemployer 

pension plans. We record liabilities for obligations related to complete, partial and estimated withdrawals from 
multiemployer pension plans. The actual liability for estimated withdrawals is not known until each plan completes a 
final assessment of the withdrawal liability and issues a demand to us. Therefore, we adjust the estimate of our 
multiemployer pension plan liability as more information becomes available that allows us to refine our estimates.

See Notes 9 and 10 for additional information regarding pension and other postretirement benefits.

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue is recognized when a performance obligation is satisfied by transferring a promised good or service to 

a customer. A good or service is considered transferred when the customer obtains control, which is when the 
customer has the ability to direct the use of and/or obtain substantially all of the benefits of an asset.

Proceeds from subscription revenues are deferred at the time of sale and are recognized on a pro rata basis over 

the terms of the subscriptions. Payment is typically due upfront and the revenue is recognized ratably over the 
subscription period. The deferred proceeds are recorded within Unexpired subscriptions revenue in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet. Revenue from single-copy sales of our print products is recognized based on date of publication, net of 
provisions for related returns. Payment for single-copy sales is typically due upon complete satisfaction of our 
performance obligations. The Company does not have significant financing components or significant payment terms 
as we only offer industry standard payment terms to our customers.

When our subscriptions are sold through third parties, we are a principal in the transaction and, therefore, 
revenues and related costs to third parties for these sales are reported on a gross basis. We are considered a principal 
if we control a promised good or service before transferring that good or service to the customer. The Company 
considers several factors to determine if it controls the good and therefore is the principal. These factors include: (1) if 
we have primary responsibility for fulfilling the promise; (2) if we have inventory risk before the goods or services are 
transferred to the customer or after the transfer of control to the customer; and (3) if we have discretion in establishing 
price for the specified good or service.

Advertising revenues are recognized when advertisements are published in newspapers or placed on digital 

platforms or, with respect to certain digital advertising, each time a user clicks on certain advertisements, net of 
provisions for estimated rebates and rate adjustments. Creative services fees, including those associated with our 
branded content studio, are recognized as revenue based on the nature of the services provided.

We recognize a rebate obligation as a reduction of revenues, based on the amount of estimated rebates that will 
be earned, related to the underlying revenue transactions during the period. Measurement of the rebate obligation is 
estimated based on the historical experience of the number of customers that ultimately earn and use the rebate. We 
recognize an obligation for rate adjustments as a reduction of revenues, based on the amount of estimated post-billing 
adjustments that will be claimed. Measurement of the rate adjustment reserve is estimated based on historical 
experience of credits actually issued.

Payment for advertising is due upon complete satisfaction of our performance obligations. The Company has a 
formal credit checking policy, procedures and controls in place that evaluate collectability prior to ad publication. Our 
advertising contracts do not include a significant financing component.

Other revenues are recognized when the delivery occurs, services are rendered or purchases are made. 

Performance Obligations

Our contracts with customers may include multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, we 

allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price.

In the case of our digital archive licensing contracts, the transaction price is allocated among the performance 

obligations, which consist of (i) the archival content and (ii) the updated content, based on the Company’s estimate of 
the standalone selling price of each of the performance obligations, as they are currently not sold separately.

In the case of our advertising contracts, we may have performance obligations for future services that have not 

been recognized in our financial statements. The performance obligations are satisfied over time with revenue 
recognized ratably over the contract term as the advertising services are provided to the customer.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 73

Contract Assets

We record revenue from performance obligations when performance obligations are satisfied. For our digital 

archiving licensing revenue, we record revenue related to the portion of performance obligation (i) satisfied at the 
commencement of the contract when the customer obtains control of the archival content or (ii) when the updated 
content is transferred. We receive payments from customers based upon contractual billing schedules. As the transfer 
of control represents a right to the contract consideration, we record a contract asset in Other current assets for short-
term contract assets and Miscellaneous assets for long-term contract assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for any 
amounts not yet invoiced to the customer. The contract asset is reclassified to Accounts receivable when the customer is 
invoiced based on the contractual billing schedule.

Significant Judgments

Our contracts with customers sometimes include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a 
customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be 
accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. We use an observable price to determine 
the standalone selling price for separate performance obligations if available or, when not available, an estimate that 
maximizes the use of observable inputs and faithfully depicts the selling price of the promised goods or services if we 
sold those goods or services separately to a similar customer in similar circumstances.

Practical Expedients and Exemptions

We expense the cost to obtain or fulfill a contract as incurred because the amortization period of the asset that 

the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. We also apply the practical expedient for the 
significant financing component when the difference between the payment and the transfer of the products and 
services is a year or less.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recognized for the following: (1) the amount of taxes payable for the current year; and (2) 

deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized differently in 
the financial statements than for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established using statutory tax 
rates and are adjusted for tax rate changes in the period of enactment.

We assess whether our deferred tax assets should be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than 

not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our process includes collecting positive 
(i.e., sources of taxable income) and negative (i.e., recent historical losses) evidence and assessing, based on the 
evidence, whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We release tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) for pension and other 

postretirement benefits on a plan by plan approach.

We recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position if that tax position is more likely than not 

of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the tax position. This involves the identification of 
potential uncertain tax positions, the evaluation of tax law and an assessment of whether a liability for uncertain tax 
positions is necessary. Different conclusions reached in this assessment can have a material impact on our 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can 

involve complex issues, which could require an extended period of time to resolve. Until formal resolutions are 
reached between us and the taxing authorities, determining the timing and amount of possible audit settlements 
relating to uncertain tax positions is not practicable. 

Stock-Based Compensation

We establish fair value based on market data for our stock-based awards to determine our cost and recognize 

the related expense over the appropriate vesting period. We recognize stock-based compensation expense for 
outstanding stock-settled long-term performance awards and restricted stock units, net of estimated forfeitures. See 
Note 14 for additional information related to stock-based compensation expense. 

P. 74 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Earnings/(Loss) Per Share

As the Company has participating securities, we compute earnings per share based upon the lower of the two-

class method or the treasury stock method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation method for computing 
earnings/(loss) per share when a company’s capital structure includes either two or more classes of common stock or 
common stock and participating securities. This method determines earnings/(loss) per share based on dividends 
declared on common stock and participating securities (i.e., distributed earnings), as well as participation rights of 
participating securities in any undistributed earnings.  

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earnings/(loss) available to common stockholders 
by the weighted-average common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is calculated similarly, except 
that it includes the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of securities and the effect of shares issuable under our 
Company’s stock-based incentive plans if such effect is dilutive.

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of foreign companies are translated at period-end exchange rates. Results of operations 

are translated at average rates of exchange in effect during the year. The resulting translation adjustment is included 
as a separate component in the Stockholders’ Equity section of our Consolidated Balance Sheets, in the caption 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting 
Standard 
Update(s)

2019-12

Topic

Effective Period

Summary

Simplifying the 
Accounting for 
Income 
Taxes (Topic 
740)

Fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those 
fiscal years, beginning 
after December 15, 
2020. Early adoption is 
permitted.

Simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions 
to the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification 740 related to the approach for 
intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim 
period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The 
standard  also  simplifies  aspects  of  the  accounting  for  franchise  taxes  and  enacted 
changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result 
in  a  step-up  in  the  tax  basis  of  goodwill.  The  Company  adopted  this  guidance  on 
December 28, 2020. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued authoritative guidance on the following topics:

Accounting 
Standard 
Update(s)

2021-08

Topic

Effective Period

Summary

Business 
Combinations 
(Topic 805): 
Accounting for 
Contract Assets 
and Contract 
Liabilities from 
Contracts with 
Customers

Fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those 
fiscal years, beginning 
after December 15, 
2022. Early adoption is 
permitted.

Requires  entities  to  recognize  and  measure  contract  assets  and  contract 
liabilities  acquired  in  a  business  combination  in  accordance  with  ASC  2014-09, 
Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606).  The  update  will  generally 
result  in  an  entity  recognizing  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities  at  amounts 
consistent  with  those  recorded  by  the  acquiree  immediately  before  the  acquisition 
date  rather  than  at  fair  value.  We  are  currently  in  the  process  of  evaluating  the 
impact of this guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all recently issued accounting pronouncements. Recent 
accounting pronouncements not specifically identified in our disclosures are either not applicable to the Company or 
are not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 75

3. Revenue

We generate revenues principally from subscriptions and advertising.

Subscription revenues consist of revenues from subscriptions to our digital and print products (which include 

our news product, as well as our Games, Cooking, Audm and Wirecutter (to which a subscription option was 
launched during the third quarter of 2021) products (“other digital-only products”)) and single-copy and bulk sales of 
our print products. Subscription revenues are based on both the number of copies of the printed newspaper sold and 
digital-only subscriptions, and the rates charged to the respective customers.

Advertising revenue is principally from advertisers (such as technology, financial and luxury goods companies) 
promoting products, services or brands on digital platforms in the form of display ads, audio and video, and in print, 
in the form of column-inch ads, and it is primarily derived from offerings sold directly to marketers by our 
advertising sales teams. A smaller proportion of our total advertising revenues is generated through programmatic 
auctions run by third-party ad exchanges. Advertising revenues are primarily determined by the volume (e.g., 
impressions), rate and mix of advertisements. Digital advertising includes our core digital advertising business and 
other digital advertising. Our core digital advertising business includes direct-sold website, mobile application, 
podcast, email and video advertisements. Direct-sold display advertising, a component of core digital advertising, 
includes offerings on websites and mobile applications sold directly to marketers by our advertising sales teams. Our 
digital advertising offerings include solutions that use proprietary first-party data — rather than third-party data — 
to generate predictive insights and help inform our clients’ advertising strategies while leveraging our audiences in 
privacy-forward ways. Other digital advertising includes advertising revenues generated by open-market 
programmatic advertising, creative services fees associated with branded content, advertisements appearing on our 
Wirecutter product and classified advertising. Print advertising includes revenue from column-inch ads and classified 
advertising, including line-ads as well as preprinted advertising, also known as freestanding inserts.

Other revenues primarily consist of revenues from licensing, Wirecutter affiliate referrals, commercial printing, 

the leasing of floors in the Company Headquarters, retail commerce, television and film, our student subscription 
sponsorship program and our live events business.

Subscription, advertising and other revenues were as follows:

(In thousands)

Subscription

Advertising

Other (1)

Total

Years Ended

December 26, 
2021

As % 
of total

December 27, 
2020

As % 
of total

December 29, 
2019

As % 
of total

$ 

1,362,115 

 65.6 % $ 

1,195,368 

 67.0 % $ 

1,083,851 

497,536 

215,226 

 24.0 %  

 10.3 %  

392,420 

195,851 

 22.0 %  

 11.0 %  

530,678 

197,655 

 59.8 %

 29.3 %

 10.9 %

$ 

2,074,877 

 100.0 % $ 

1,783,639 

 100.0 % $ 

1,812,184 

 100.0 %

(1) Other revenue includes building rental revenue, which is not under the scope of Topic 606. Building rental revenue was approximately $27 
million, $29 million and $31 million for the years ended December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019, respectively. 

P. 76 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
The following table summarizes digital and print subscription revenues, which are components of subscription 

revenues above, for the years ended December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019:

(In thousands)

Digital-only subscription revenues:

News product subscription 
revenues(1)
Other product subscription 
revenues(2)

Subtotal digital-only subscriptions

Print subscription revenues

Domestic home delivery 
subscription revenues(3)
Single-copy, NYT International and 
other subscription revenues(4)

Subtotal print subscription revenues

December 26, 
2021

As % 
of total

December 27, 
2020

As % 
of total

December 29, 
2019

As % 
of total

Years Ended

$ 

693,994 

 50.9 % $ 

543,578 

 45.5 % $ 

426,125 

 39.3 %

79,888 

773,882 

 5.9 %  

54,702 

 4.6 %  

34,327 

 56.8 %  

598,280 

 50.0 %  

460,452 

 3.2 %

 42.5 %

529,039 

 38.8 %  

528,970 

 44.3 %  

524,543 

 48.4 %

59,194 

588,233 

 4.4 %  

68,118 

 5.7 %  

98,856 

 43.2 %  

597,088 

 50.0 %  

623,399 

 9.1 %

 57.5 %

Total subscription revenues

$ 

1,362,115 

 100.0 %  

1,195,368 

 100.0 % $ 

1,083,851 

 100.0 %

(1)  Includes revenues from subscriptions to the Company’s news product. News product subscription packages that include access to the 

Company’s Games, Cooking and Wirecutter products are also included in this category.

(2)  Includes revenues from standalone subscriptions to the Company’s other digital-only products. During the third quarter of 2021, the Company 

launched a Wirecutter subscription option.

(3) Includes access to the Company’s digital news, Games, Cooking and Wirecutter products.
(4) NYT International is the international edition of our print newspaper.

The following table summarizes digital and print advertising revenues for the years ended December 26, 2021, 

December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019:

(In thousands)

Advertising revenues

Digital

Print

Total advertising

Performance Obligations

December 26, 
2021

As % 
of total

December 27, 
2020

As % 
of total

December 29, 
2019

As % 
of total

Years Ended

$ 

$ 

308,616 

188,920 

497,536 

 62.0 % $ 

 38.0 %  

 100.0 % $ 

228,594 

163,826 

392,420 

 58.3 % $ 

 41.7 %  

 100.0 % $ 

260,454 

270,224 

530,678 

 49.1 %

 50.9 %

 100.0 %

We have remaining performance obligations related to digital archive and other licensing and certain 

advertising contracts. As of December 26, 2021, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the 
remaining performance obligations for contracts with a duration greater than one year was approximately $123 
million. The Company will recognize this revenue as performance obligations are satisfied. We expect that 
approximately $42 million, $20 million, and $61 million will be recognized in 2022, 2023 and thereafter through 2029, 
respectively.

Contract Assets

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, the Company had $3.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively, 

in contract assets recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet related to digital archiving licensing revenue. The 
contract asset is reclassified to Accounts receivable when the customer is invoiced based on the contractual billing 
schedule. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 77

 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Marketable Securities

The Company accounts for its marketable securities as AFS. The Company recorded $1.7 million and $4.3 
million of net unrealized losses and gains, respectively,  in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) as 
of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, respectively. 

The following tables present the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair market value of our 

AFS securities as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020:

(In thousands)

Short-term AFS securities

U.S. Treasury securities

Corporate debt securities

Certificates of deposit

Commercial paper

Municipal securities

U.S. governmental agency securities

Total short-term AFS securities

Long-term AFS securities

Corporate debt securities

U.S. Treasury securities

U.S. governmental agency securities

Municipal securities

December 26, 2021

Amortized Cost

Gross unrealized 
gains

Gross unrealized 
losses

Fair Value

$ 

148,899 

$ 

107,158 

55,551 

21,145 

3,999 

3,500 

692 

$ 

245 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(43)  $ 

(69) 

— 

— 

(2) 

— 

149,548 

107,334 

55,551 

21,145 

3,997 

3,500 

$ 

$ 

340,252 

$ 

937 

$ 

(114)  $ 

341,075 

242,764 

$ 

149 

$ 

(1,858)  $ 

119,695 

39,498 

13,994 

— 

— 

— 

(549) 

(252) 

(61) 

241,055 

119,146 

39,246 

13,933 

Total long-term AFS securities

$ 

415,951 

$ 

149 

$ 

(2,720)  $ 

413,380 

(In thousands)

Short-term AFS securities

U.S. Treasury securities

Corporate debt securities

Certificates of deposit

Commercial paper

U.S. governmental agency securities

Total short-term AFS securities

Long-term AFS securities

Corporate debt securities

U.S. Treasury securities

U.S. governmental agency securities

Municipal securities

December 27, 2020

Amortized Cost

Gross Unrealized 
Gains

Gross Unrealized 
Losses

Fair Value

$ 

79,467 

$ 

39 

$ 

(3)  $ 

129,805 

36,525 

37,580 

25,113 

504 

— 

— 

61 

(8) 

— 

— 

(3) 

79,503 

130,301 

36,525 

37,580 

25,171 

$ 

$ 

308,490 

$ 

604 

$ 

(14)  $ 

309,080 

134,296 

$ 

1,643 

$ 

(5)  $ 

135,934 

95,511 

48,342 

4,994 

2,054 

19 

— 

— 

(13) 

(10) 

97,565 

48,348 

4,984 

Total long-term AFS securities

$ 

283,143 

$ 

3,716 

$ 

(28)  $ 

286,831 

P. 78 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present the AFS securities as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, that were in an 

unrealized loss position for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded, aggregated by investment 
category and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position:

Less than 12 Months

12 Months or Greater

Total

December 26, 2021

(In thousands)

Fair Value

Short-term AFS securities

Gross 
unrealized 
losses

Fair Value

Gross 
unrealized 
losses

Fair Value

Gross 
unrealized 
losses

U.S. Treasury securities

$ 

61,018  $ 

(43)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

61,018  $ 

Corporate debt securities

Municipal securities

53,148 

1,998 

(69) 

(2) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

53,148 

1,998 

(43) 

(69) 

(2) 

Total short-term AFS securities

$ 

116,164  $ 

(114)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

116,164  $ 

(114) 

Long-term AFS securities

Corporate debt securities

U.S. Treasury securities

U.S. governmental agency securities

Municipal securities

$ 

224,022  $ 

(1,858)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

224,022  $ 

(1,858) 

119,146 

39,246 

13,933 

(549) 

(252) 

(61) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

119,146 

39,246 

13,933 

(549) 

(252) 

(61) 

Total long-term AFS securities

$ 

396,347  $ 

(2,720)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

396,347  $ 

(2,720) 

Less than 12 Months

12 Months or Greater

Total

December 27, 2020

(In thousands)

Fair Value

Short-term AFS securities

Gross 
unrealized 
losses

Fair Value

Gross 
unrealized 
losses

Fair Value

Gross 
unrealized 
losses

U.S. Treasury securities

$ 

20,133  $ 

(3)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

20,133  $ 

Corporate debt securities

U.S. governmental agency securities

Total short-term AFS securities

Long-term AFS securities

Corporate debt securities

$ 

$ 

33,735 

4,999 

(8) 

(2) 

— 

8,749 

— 

(1) 

33,735 

13,748 

58,867  $ 

(13)  $ 

8,749  $ 

(1)  $ 

67,616  $ 

6,717  $ 

(5)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

6,717  $ 

U.S. governmental agency securities

Municipal securities

26,236 

4,984 

(13) 

(10) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

26,236 

4,984 

Total long-term AFS securities

$ 

37,937  $ 

(28)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

37,937  $ 

(3) 

(8) 

(3) 

(14) 

(5) 

(13) 

(10) 

(28) 

We assess AFS securities on a quarterly basis or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. See    

Note 2 for factors we consider when assessing AFS securities for recognition of losses or allowance for credit losses. 

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, we did not intend to sell and it was not likely that we would 

be required to sell these investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at 
maturity. Unrealized losses related to these investments are primarily due to interest rate fluctuations as opposed to 
changes in credit quality. Therefore, as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, we have no realized losses or 
allowance for credit losses related to AFS securities.

As of December 26, 2021, our short-term and long-term marketable securities had remaining maturities of less 

than 1 month to 12 months and 13 months to 35 months, respectively. See Note 8 for additional information regarding 
the fair value hierarchy of our marketable securities.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Goodwill and Intangibles

 During the first quarter of 2020, the Company acquired Listen In Audio, Inc., a company that transforms 
journalism articles into audio that is made available in a subscription-based product named “Audm,” in an all-cash 
transaction. We paid $8.6 million (consisting of an $8.0 million cash payment and a $0.6 million note receivable 
previously issued by the Company, which was canceled at the close of the transaction) and entered into agreements 
that will likely require retention payments over the three years following the acquisition. The Company allocated the 
purchase price for this acquisition based on the valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in 
allocations primarily to goodwill of $5.8 million and intangibles of $2.7 million in the second quarter of 2020. The 
carrying amount of the intangible asset related to this acquisition has been included in Miscellaneous assets in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The estimated useful life for this asset is 8 years and it is amortized on a straight-line 
basis.

During the third quarter of 2020, the Company acquired substantially all the assets and certain liabilities of 

Serial Productions, LLC (“Serial”). The purchase price includes approximately $25.0 million in cash that was paid at 
closing on July 29, 2020, and $9.3 million of contingent consideration. The contingent consideration is related to 
contingent payments based on the achievement of certain operational targets, as defined in the acquisition agreement, 
over the five years following the acquisition. The Company estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration 
liability using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The fair value is based on significant unobservable 
inputs and therefore represents a Level 3 measurement as defined in Note 8.

The Company allocated the purchase price for this acquisition based on the valuation of assets acquired and 

liabilities assumed, resulting in allocations primarily to goodwill of $21.5 million and intangibles of $12.9 million as of 
the date of acquisition. The carrying amount of the intangible assets related to this acquisition has been included in 
Miscellaneous assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and include an indefinite-lived intangible of $9.0 million. The 
estimated useful life for the finite asset is 6 years and it is amortized on a straight-line basis.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill as of December 26, 2021, and since December 29, 2019, were as 

follows:

(In thousands)

Balance as of December 29, 2019

Business acquisitions

Measurement period adjustment(1)

Foreign currency translation

Balance as of December 27, 2020

Foreign currency translation

Balance as of December 26, 2021

Total Company

$ 

138,674 

27,269 

(400) 

6,114 

171,657 

(5,297) 

$ 

166,360 

(1) Includes measurement period adjustment related to deferred tax asset in connection with Listen In Audio, Inc. acquisition.

The foreign currency translation line item in AOCI reflects changes in goodwill resulting from fluctuating 

exchange rates related to the consolidation of certain international subsidiaries.

As of December 26, 2021, the aggregate carrying amount of intangible assets of $14.2 million, which includes an 
indefinite-lived intangible of $9.0 million, is recorded in Miscellaneous assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Finite 
intangible assets have the estimated useful lives from 5 to 8 years and are amortized on a straight-line basis.

P. 80 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
6. Investments 

Investments in Joint Ventures

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, the value of our investments in joint ventures was zero. Our 

proportionate shares of the operating results of our investments are recorded in Gain from joint ventures in our 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Madison

The Company and UPM-Kymmene Corporation (“UPM”), a Finnish paper manufacturing company, are 
partners through subsidiary companies in Madison. The Company’s 40% ownership of Madison is through an 80%-
owned consolidated subsidiary that owns 50% of Madison. UPM owns 60% of Madison, including a 10% interest 
through a 20% noncontrolling interest in the consolidated subsidiary of the Company. In 2016, the paper mill closed 
and the Company’s joint venture in Madison is currently being liquidated.

 In 2020, we had a gain from joint ventures of $5.0 million, which was primarily due to our proportionate share 

of a distribution received from the pending liquidation of Madison. In 2021 and 2019, we had no gain/(loss) or 
distributions from joint ventures. 

Non-Marketable Equity Securities

Our non-marketable equity securities are investments in privately held companies/funds without readily 
determinable market values. Gains and losses on non-marketable securities sold or impaired are recognized in Interest 
income/(expense) and other, net.

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, non-marketable equity securities included in Miscellaneous 
assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets had a carrying value of $27.9 million and $20.9 million, respectively.  The 
carrying value includes $15.3 million of unrealized gains as of December 26, 2021.

In 2021 and 2020, we recorded gains of $27.2 million and $10.1 million, respectively, related to non-marketable 

equity investment transactions. These gains consist of (i) $15.2 million and $2.5 million realized gains in 2021 and 
2020, respectively, due to the partial sale of the investment and (ii) $12.0 million and $7.6 million unrealized gains in 
2021 and 2020, respectively, due to the mark to market of the remaining investment. These realized and unrealized 
gains are included in Interest income/(expense) and other, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We did not have any material fair value adjustments in 2019.

7. Other

Capitalized Computer Software Costs

Amortization of capitalized computer software costs included in Depreciation and amortization in our 
Consolidated Statements of Operations was $9.1 million, $14.7 million and $17.0 million for the fiscal years ended 
December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019, respectively. The unamortized computer software 
costs were $13.6 million and $18.9 million as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, respectively. 

Marketing Expenses

Marketing expense, the cost to promote our brand and our products, was $199.7 million, $135.9 million and 

$167.9 million for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019, respectively.  
Media expense, the primary component of marketing expense, which represents the cost to promote our subscription 
business was $187.3 million, $129.6 million and $156.9 million  for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2021, 
December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019, respectively. We expense these costs as incurred. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 81

Interest income/(expense) and other, net 

Interest income/(expense) and other, net, as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations 

was as follows:

(In thousands)

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

Interest income and other expense, net

$ 

6,558 

$ 

13,983 

$ 

19,694 

Gain on non-marketable equity investment (1)

Interest expense

Amortization of debt costs and discount on debt

Capitalized interest

27,156 

10,074 

1,886 

(780) 

(757) 

(26,928) 

— 

11 

— 

30 

1,459 

69 

Total interest income/(expense) and other, net (2)

$ 

32,945 

$ 

23,330 

$ 

(3,820) 

(1) Represents gains related to a non-marketable equity investment transactions. 
(2)  The  twelve  months  ended  December  29,  2019,  includes  the  amortization  of  debt  costs  and  discount  on  debt  relating  to  the  Company’s 
leasehold condominium interest in the Company’s headquarters building, which was repurchased as of December 29, 2019.

Restricted Cash

A reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, 

from the Consolidated Balance Sheets to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows is as follows:

(In thousands)

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash included within other current assets

Restricted cash included within miscellaneous assets

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

$ 

319,973  $ 

286,079 

— 

14,333 

686 

15,199 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows

$ 

334,306  $ 

301,964 

Substantially all of the amount included in restricted cash is set aside to collateralize workers’ compensation 

obligations. 

Restructuring Charge

We recognized a restructuring charge of $4.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019, which 
included impairment and severance charges related to the closure of our digital marketing agency, HelloSociety, LLC. 
These costs are recorded in Restructuring charge in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Revolving Credit Facility

In September 2019, the Company entered into a $250.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the 
“Credit Facility”). Certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the Company’s obligations under 
the Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at specified rates based on our utilization and 
consolidated leverage ratio. The Credit Facility contains various customary affirmative and negative covenants. In 
addition, the Company is obligated to pay a quarterly unused commitment fee of 0.20%.

As of December 26, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Company 

was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Credit Facility.

P. 82 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Severance Costs

We recognized severance costs of $0.9 million, $6.6 million and $4.0 million for the fiscal years ended 

December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019, respectively. Severance costs recognized were largely 
related to workforce reductions primarily affecting our advertising department. These costs are recorded in General 
and administrative costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We had a severance liability of $2.1 million and $5.0 million included in Accrued expenses and other in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, respectively. We anticipate the 2021 
payments will be made within the next twelve months.

Property, Plant and Equipment Retirement

During the years ended December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, as part of its annual assets review, the 

Company retired assets that were no longer in use with a cost of approximately $161.0 million and $123.0 million, 
respectively. The retirements in 2021 were comprised mostly of software of $103.9 million and equipment of 
$45.4 million. The retirements in 2020 were comprised mostly of software of $69.5 million and equipment of 
$49.9 million. As a result of the retirements, the Company recorded de minimis write-offs, which are reflected in 
General and administrative costs in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

8. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The transaction would be in the principal 
or most advantageous market for the asset or liability, based on assumptions that a market participant would use in 
pricing the asset or liability. The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels:

Level 1–quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability 

to access at the measurement date;

Level 2–inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 

either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3–unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Assets/Liabilities Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, we had assets related to our qualified pension plans 

measured at fair value. The required disclosures regarding such assets are presented in Note 9. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 83

The following table summarizes our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as 

of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020:

December 26, 2021

December 27, 2020

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

(In thousands)

Assets:

Short-term AFS securities(1)

U.S Treasury securities

$ 149,548 

$ 

— 

$ 149,548 

$ 

— 

$  79,503 

$ 

— 

$  79,503 

$ 

Corporate debt securities

  107,334 

— 

  107,334 

— 

  130,301 

— 

  130,301 

Certificates of deposit

Commercial paper

Municipal securities

55,551 

21,145 

3,997 

U.S. governmental agency securities

3,500 

— 

— 

— 

— 

55,551 

21,145 

3,997 

3,500 

— 

— 

— 

— 

36,525 

37,580 

— 

25,171 

— 

— 

— 

— 

36,525 

37,580 

— 

25,171 

Total short-term AFS securities

$ 341,075 

$ 

— 

$ 341,075 

$ 

— 

$ 309,080 

$ 

— 

$ 309,080 

$ 

Long-term AFS securities(1)

Corporate debt securities

$ 241,055 

$ 

— 

$ 241,055 

$ 

— 

$ 135,934 

$ 

— 

$ 135,934 

$ 

U.S Treasury securities

  119,146 

— 

  119,146 

U.S. governmental agency securities

39,246 

Municipal securities

13,933 

— 

— 

39,246 

13,933 

— 

— 

— 

97,565 

48,348 

4,984 

— 

— 

— 

97,565 

48,348 

4,984 

Total long-term AFS securities

$ 413,380 

$ 

— 

$ 413,380 

$ 

— 

$ 286,831 

$ 

— 

$ 286,831 

$ 

Liabilities:

Deferred compensation(2)(3)

$  21,101 

$  21,101 

Contingent consideration

$ 

7,450 

$ 

— 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

— 

$  22,245 

$  22,245 

7,450 

$ 

8,431 

$ 

— 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

8,431 

(1) We classified these investments as Level 2 since the fair value is based on market observable inputs for investments with similar terms and 

maturities.

(2) The deferred compensation liability, included in Other liabilities—Other in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, consists of deferrals under The 

New York Times Company Deferred Executive Compensation Plan (the “DEC”), a frozen plan which enabled certain eligible executives to elect 
to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis. The deferred amounts are invested at the executives’ option in various mutual 
funds. The fair value of deferred compensation is based on the mutual fund investments elected by the executives and on quoted prices in 
active markets for identical assets. Participation in the DEC was frozen effective December 31, 2015.

(3)  The Company invests the deferred compensation balance in life insurance products. Our investments in life insurance products are included in 

Miscellaneous assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and were $52.5 million as of December 26, 2021, and $49.2 million as of  
December 27, 2020. The fair value of these assets is measured using the net asset value (“NAV”) per share (or its equivalent) and has not been 
classified in the fair value hierarchy. 

Level 3 Liabilities 

The contingent consideration liability is related to the 2020 acquisition of substantially all the assets and certain 

liabilities of Serial and represents contingent payments based on the achievement of certain operational targets, as 
defined in the acquisition agreement, over the five years following the acquisition. The Company estimated the fair 
value using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The estimate of the fair value of contingent 
consideration requires subjective assumptions to be made regarding probabilities assigned to operational targets and 
the discount rate. As the fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs, this is a Level 3 liability. 

P. 84 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the changes in the balance of the contingent consideration during the year ended 

December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020:

(In thousands)

Balance at the beginning of the period

Payments
Fair value adjustments (1)

Contingent consideration at the end of the period

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

$ 

$ 

8,431  $ 

(862) 

(119) 

7,450  $ 

9,293 

(862) 

— 

8,431 

(1) Fair value adjustments are included in General and administrative expenses in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The remaining contingent consideration balances as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, of $7.5 
million and $8.4 million, respectively, are included in Accrued expenses and other, for the current portion of the liability, 
and Other non-current liabilities, for the long-term portion of the liability, in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Assets Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and certain 

investments are recognized at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are measured at fair value if an 
impairment charge is recognized. Goodwill and intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value in purchase 
accounting. We classified all of these measurements as Level 3, as we used unobservable inputs within the valuation 
methodologies that were significant to the fair value measurements, and the valuations required management‘s 
judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices. We recognized a de minimis impairment of intangibles assets 
in 2020 and 2019 related to the closure of our digital marketing agencies. There was no impairment recognized in 
2021.

9. Pension Benefits

Single-Employer Plans

We maintain The New York Times Companies Pension Plan (the ”Pension Plan”), a frozen single-employer 

defined benefit pension plan. The Company also jointly sponsors a defined benefit plan with The NewsGuild of New 
York known as the Guild-Times Adjustable Pension Plan (the “APP”) that continues to accrue active benefits. 

We also have a foreign-based pension plan for certain employees (the “foreign plan”). The information for the 
foreign plan is combined with the information for U.S. non-qualified plans. The benefit obligation of the foreign plan 
is immaterial to our total benefit obligation.

Net Periodic Pension Cost/(Income)

The components of net periodic pension cost/(income) were as follows:

(In thousands)

Service cost

Interest cost

December 26, 2021

December 27, 2020

December 29, 2019

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All
Plans

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All
Plans

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All
Plans

$ 

9,105  $ 

95  $ 

9,200 

$  10,429  $ 

119  $  10,548 

$ 

5,113  $ 

118  $ 

5,231 

30,517   

4,352   

34,869 

43,710   

6,601   

50,311 

58,835   

8,420   

67,255 

Expected return on plan assets

(50,711)   

—   

(50,711) 

(67,146)   

—   

(67,146) 

(80,877)   

—   

(80,877) 

Amortization and other costs

20,225   

7,275   

27,500 

21,887   

6,072   

27,959 

18,639   

4,381   

23,020 

Amortization of prior service 
(credit)/cost

(1,945)   

55   

(1,890) 

(1,945)   

51   

(1,894) 

(1,945)   

13   

(1,932) 

Effect of settlement/curtailment

—   

(163)   

(163) 

80,641   

(562)   

80,079 

—   

(373)   

(373) 

Net periodic pension cost/
(income)

$ 

7,191  $  11,614  $  18,805 

$  87,576  $  12,281  $  99,857 

$ 

(235)  $  12,559  $  12,324 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has taken steps to reduce the size and volatility of our pension obligations. In October 2020, the 

Company entered into an agreement with an insurance company to transfer the future benefit obligations and 
annuity administration for certain retirees (or their beneficiaries) in the Pension Plan. This transfer of plan assets and 
obligations reduced the Company’s qualified pension plan obligations by $236.3 million. As a result of this 
agreement, the Company recorded a pension settlement charge of $80.6 million.  

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income were as 

follows:

(In thousands)

Net actuarial gain

Prior service cost

Amortization of loss

Amortization of prior service credit

Effect of settlement

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

$ 

(25,585)  $ 

(4,172)  $ 

(10,292) 

— 

— 

706 

(27,500) 

(27,959) 

(23,020) 

1,890 

1,894 

— 

(80,641) 

1,932 

— 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

(51,195) 

(110,878) 

(30,674) 

Net periodic pension cost

18,805 

99,857 

12,324 

Total recognized in net periodic pension benefit cost and other comprehensive 
income

$ 

(32,390)  $ 

(11,021)  $ 

(18,350) 

Actuarial gains and losses are amortized using a corridor approach. The gain or loss corridor is equal to 10% of 
the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the market-related value of assets. Gains and losses in excess of the 
corridor are generally amortized over the future working lifetime for the ongoing plans and average life expectancy 
for the frozen plans.

We also contribute to defined contribution benefit plans. The amount of cost recognized for defined 
contribution benefit plans was approximately $33 million for 2021 and $27 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

P. 86 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets

The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive 

loss were as follows:  

(In thousands)

Change in benefit obligation

December 26, 2021

December 27, 2020

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All Plans

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All Plans

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$ 1,549,012 

$  259,593 

$ 1,808,605 

$ 1,660,287 

$  247,748 

$ 1,908,035 

Service cost

Interest cost

9,105 

95 

9,200 

10,429 

119 

10,548 

30,517 

4,352 

34,869 

43,710 

6,601 

50,311 

Actuarial (gain)/loss

(42,883) 

(7,762) 

(50,645) 

  153,136 

21,152 

  174,288 

Curtailments

Settlements

Benefits paid

— 

— 

(163) 

(163) 

— 

(562) 

(562) 

— 

— 

(236,282) 

— 

(236,282) 

(69,987) 

(16,818) 

(86,805) 

(82,268) 

(15,609) 

(97,877) 

Effects of change in currency conversion

— 

(107) 

(107) 

— 

144 

144 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  1,475,764 

  239,190 

  1,714,954 

  1,549,012 

  259,593 

  1,808,605 

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  1,585,221 

— 

  1,585,221 

  1,648,667 

— 

  1,648,667 

Actual return on plan assets

25,651 

— 

25,651 

  245,606 

— 

  245,606 

Employer contributions

9,193 

16,818 

26,011 

9,498 

15,609 

25,107 

Settlements

Benefits paid

— 

— 

— 

(236,282) 

— 

(236,282) 

(69,987) 

(16,818) 

(86,805) 

(82,268) 

(15,609) 

(97,877) 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  1,550,078 

— 

  1,550,078 

  1,585,221 

— 

  1,585,221 

Net amount recognized

$  74,314 

$  (239,190)  $  (164,876)  $  36,209 

$  (259,593)  $  (223,384) 

Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Noncurrent Assets

Current liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities

$  87,601 

$ 

— 

$  87,601 

$  54,950 

$ 

— 

$  54,950 

— 

(16,669) 

(16,669) 

— 

(16,990) 

(16,990) 

(13,287) 

(222,521) 

(235,808) 

(18,741) 

(242,603) 

(261,344) 

Net amount recognized

$  74,314 

$  (239,190)  $  (164,876)  $  36,209 

$  (259,593)  $  (223,384) 

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

Actuarial loss

Prior service credit

Total

$  426,874 

$  122,660 

$  549,534 

$  464,922 

$  137,697 

$  602,619 

(12,952) 

587 

(12,365) 

(14,897) 

642 

(14,255) 

$  413,922 

$  123,247 

$  537,169 

$  450,025 

$  138,339 

$  588,364 

Benefit obligations decreased from $1.8 billion at December 27, 2020, to $1.7 billion at December 26, 2021, 
primarily due to benefit payments of $86.8 million and actuarial gains of $50.6 million. The actuarial gains were 
primarily driven by an increase in the discount rate.

Benefit obligations decreased from $1.9 billion at December 29, 2019, to $1.8 billion at December 27, 2020, 
primarily due to the previously discussed settlement transaction of $236.3 million, partially offset by actuarial losses 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of $174.3 million. The actuarial losses were primarily driven by a decrease in the discount rate, partially offset by 
updating the latest mortality improvement scale.

The accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion as of December 26, 

2021, and December 27, 2020, respectively.

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation in excess 

of plan assets was as follows:

(In thousands)

Projected benefit obligation

Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Assumptions

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

348,831 

338,346 

96,354 

$ 

$ 

$ 

364,272 

349,429 

85,938 

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine benefit obligations for 

qualified pension plans were as follows:

Discount rate

Rate of increase in compensation levels

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

 2.94 %

 3.00 %

 2.64 %

 3.00 %

The rate of increase in compensation levels is applicable only for the APP that has not been frozen.

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine net periodic pension cost for 

qualified plans were as follows:

Discount rate for determining projected benefit obligation

Discount rate in effect for determining service cost

Discount rate in effect for determining interest cost

Rate of increase in compensation levels

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

 2.64 %

 3.87 %

 2.02 %

 3.00 %

 3.74 %

 3.30 %

 3.67 %

 2.70 %

 3.00 %

 4.59 %

 4.43 %

 3.87 %

 4.06 %

 3.00 %

 5.68 %

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine benefit obligations for non-

qualified plans were as follows:

Discount rate

Rate of increase in compensation levels

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

 2.81 %

 2.50 %

 2.39 %

 2.50 %

The rate of increase in compensation levels is applicable only for the foreign plan that has not been frozen.

P. 88 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine net periodic pension cost for 

non-qualified plans were as follows:

Discount rate for determining projected benefit obligation

Discount rate in effect for determining interest cost

Rate of increase in compensation levels

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

 2.39 %

 1.74 %

 2.50 %

 3.17 %

 2.78 %

 2.50 %

 4.35 %

 3.94 %

 2.50 %

We determined our discount rate using a Ryan ALM, Inc. Curve (the “Ryan Curve”). The Ryan Curve provides 

the bonds included in the curve and allows adjustments for certain outliers (i.e., bonds on “watch”). We believe the 
Ryan Curve allows us to calculate an appropriate discount rate.

To determine our discount rate, we project a cash flow based on annual accrued benefits. The projected plan 

cash flow is discounted to the measurement date, which is the last day of our fiscal year, using the annual spot rates 
provided in the Ryan Curve. 

In determining the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we evaluated input from our investment 
consultants, actuaries and investment management firms, including our review of asset class return expectations, as 
well as long-term historical asset class returns. Projected returns by such consultants and economists are based on 
broad equity and bond indices. Our objective is to select an average rate of earnings expected on existing plan assets 
and expected contributions to the plan during the year, less expense expected to be incurred by the plan during the 
year.

The market-related value of plan assets is multiplied by the expected long-term rate of return on assets to 

compute the expected return on plan assets, a component of net periodic pension cost. The market-related value of 
plan assets is a calculated value that recognizes changes in fair value over three years.

Plan Assets

The Pension Plan

The assets underlying the Pension Plan are managed by professional investment managers. These investment 
managers are selected and monitored by the pension investment committee, composed of certain senior executives, 
who are appointed by the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Finance Committee is 
responsible for adopting our investment policy, which includes rules regarding the selection and retention of 
qualified advisors and investment managers. The pension investment committee is responsible for implementing and 
monitoring compliance with our investment policy, selecting and monitoring investment managers and 
communicating the investment guidelines and performance objectives to the investment managers.

Our contributions are made on a basis determined by the actuaries in accordance with the funding 

requirements and limitations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue 
Code.

Investment Policy and Strategy

The primary long-term investment objective is to allocate assets in a manner that produces a total rate of return 
that meets or exceeds the growth of our pension liabilities. An additional investment objective is to transition the asset 
mix to hedge liabilities and minimize volatility in the funded status of the Pension Plan.

Asset Allocation Guidelines

In accordance with our asset allocation strategy, investments are categorized into liability-hedging assets whose 

value is highly correlated to that of the Pension Plan’s obligations (“Liability-Hedging Assets”) or other investments, 
such as equities and high-yield fixed income securities, whose return over time is expected to exceed the rate of 
growth in the Pension Plan’s obligations (“Return-Seeking Assets”).

The proportional allocation of assets between Liability-Hedging Assets and Return-Seeking Assets is dependent 

on the funded status of the Pension Plan. Under our policy, for example, a funded status at 102.5% requires an 
allocation of total assets of 85.5% to 90.5% to Liability-Hedging Assets and 9.5% to 14.5% to Return-Seeking Assets. As 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 89

the Pension Plan’s funded status increases, the allocation to Liability-Hedging Assets will increase and the allocation 
to Return-Seeking Assets will decrease.

The following asset allocation guidelines apply to the Return-Seeking Assets as of December 26, 2021:

Asset Category

Public Equity

Growth Fixed Income

Alternatives 

Cash

Percentage 
Range

Actual

70% - 90%

0%

0%

0%

- 15%

- 15%

- 10%

 84 %

 0 %

 12 %

 4 %

The asset allocations by asset category for both Liability-Hedging and Return-Seeking Assets, as of 

December 26, 2021, were as follows:

Asset Category

Liability-Hedging

Public Equity

Growth Fixed Income

Alternatives

Cash

Percentage 
Range

Actual

85.5% - 90.5%

6.7% - 13.1%

0%

0%

0%

-

-

-

2%

2%

1%

 87 %

 11 %

 0 %

 2 %

 0 %

The specified target allocation of assets and ranges set forth above are maintained and reviewed on a periodic 

basis by the pension investment committee. The pension investment committee may direct the transfer of assets 
between investment managers in order to rebalance the portfolio in accordance with approved asset allocation ranges 
to accomplish the investment objectives for the Pension Plan’s assets.

The APP

The assets underlying the joint Company and The NewsGuild of New York sponsored plan are managed by 
professional investment managers. These investment managers are selected and monitored by the APP’s Board of 
Trustees (the “APP Trustees”). The APP Trustees are responsible for adopting an investment policy, implementing 
and monitoring compliance with that policy, selecting and monitoring investment managers, and communicating the 
investment guidelines and performance objectives to the investment managers.

Investment Policy and Strategy

The investment objective is to allocate investment assets in a manner that satisfies the funding objectives of the 

APP and to maximize the probability of maintaining a 100% funded status.

Asset Allocation Guidelines

In accordance with the asset allocation guidelines, investments are segmented into hedging assets whose value 

is highly correlated to that of the APP’s obligations (“Hedging Assets”) or other investments, such as equities and 
high-yield fixed income securities, whose return over time is expected to exceed the rate of growth in the APP’s 
obligations (“Return-Seeking Assets”).

The asset allocations by asset category as of December 26, 2021, were as follows:

Asset Category

Hedging Assets

Return-Seeking Assets

Cash and Equivalents

Percentage 
Range

Actual

75% - 90%

10% - 25%

0%

-

5%

 80 %

 20 %

 0 %

The specified target allocation of assets and ranges set forth above are maintained and reviewed on a periodic 
basis by the APP Trustees. The APP Trustees may direct the transfer of assets between investment managers in order 

P. 90 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

to rebalance the portfolio in accordance with approved asset allocation ranges to accomplish the investment 
objectives for the APP’s assets.

Fair Value of Plan Assets

The fair value of the assets underlying the Pension Plan and the joint-sponsored APP by asset category are as 

follows:

(In thousands)

Asset Category

Equity Securities:

Quoted Prices
Markets for
Identical Assets

Significant
Observable
Inputs

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Investment
Measured at Net 
Asset Value(2)

December 31, 2021

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

U.S. Equities

$ 

12,739 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

International Equities

Registered Investment Companies

29,453 

270,662 

Common/Collective Funds(1)

Fixed Income Securities:

Corporate Bonds

U.S. Treasury and Other 
Government Securities

Municipal and Provincial Bonds

Other

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Private Equity

Hedge Fund

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

710,413 

52,520 

37,922 

36,630 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

370,042 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7,229 

7,014 

15,454 

12,739 

29,453 

270,662 

370,042 

710,413 

52,520 

37,922 

36,630 

7,229 

7,014 

15,454 

Assets at Fair Value

$ 

312,854 

$ 

837,485 

$ 

— 

$ 

399,739 

$ 

1,550,078 

(1) The underlying assets of the common/collective funds primarily consist of equity and fixed income securities. The fair value in the above table 

represents our ownership share of the NAV of the underlying funds.

(2) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) have not been classified in the fair value 

hierarchy.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2020

Quoted Prices
Markets for
Identical Assets

Significant
Observable
Inputs

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

Investment
Measured at Net 
Asset Value(2)

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

(In thousands)

Asset Category

Equity Securities:

U.S. Equities

$ 

28,002 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

International Equities

Mutual Funds

Registered Investment 
Companies(3)

Common/Collective Funds(1) (3)

Fixed Income Securities:

Corporate Bonds

U.S. Treasury and Other 
Government Securities

Municipal and Provincial Bonds

Other

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Private Equity

Hedge Fund

34,025 

29,011 

238,737 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

646,330 

42,111 

40,150 

10,693 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

471,629 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5,481 

9,770 

29,282 

28,002 

34,025 

29,011 

238,737 

471,629 

646,330 

42,111 

40,150 

10,693 

5,481 

9,770 

29,282 

Assets at Fair Value

$ 

329,775 

$ 

739,284 

$ 

— 

$ 

516,162 

$ 

1,585,221 

(1) The underlying assets of the common/collective funds primarily consist of equity and fixed income securities. The fair value in the above table 

represents our ownership share of the NAV of the underlying funds.

(2) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) have not been classified in the fair value 

hierarchy.

(3) Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current period presentation.

Level 1 and Level 2 Investments

Where quoted prices are available in an active market for identical assets, such as equity securities traded on an 

exchange, transactions for the asset occur with such frequency that the pricing information is available on an 
ongoing/daily basis. We classify these types of investments as Level 1 where the fair value represents the closing/last 
trade price for these particular securities.

For our investments where pricing data may not be readily available, fair values are estimated by using quoted 
prices for similar assets, in both active and not active markets, and observable inputs, other than quoted prices, such 
as interest rates and credit risk. We classify these types of investments as Level 2 because we are able to reasonably 
estimate the fair value through inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. There are no restrictions on our 
ability to sell any of our Level 1 and Level 2 investments.

Cash Flows

In 2021, we made contributions to the APP of $9.2 million. We expect contributions made to satisfy minimum 

funding requirements to total approximately $10 million in 2022. 

P. 92 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following benefit payments, which reflect future service for plans that have not been frozen, are expected to 

be paid:

(In thousands)

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027-2031(1)

Plans

Qualified

Non-
Qualified

Total

$ 

71,255 

$ 

16,881 

$ 

88,136 

73,585 

75,700 

77,792 

79,218 

412,095 

16,686 

16,445 

16,178 

15,992 

75,816 

90,271 

92,145 

93,970 

95,210 

487,911 

(1) While benefit payments under these plans are expected to continue beyond 2031, we have presented in this table only those benefit payments 

estimated over the next 10 years. 

Multiemployer Plans

We contribute to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of various 

collective bargaining agreements that cover our union-represented employees. In recent years, certain events, such as 
amendments to various collective bargaining agreements and the sale of the New England Media Group, resulted in 
withdrawals from multiemployer pension plans. These actions, along with a reduction in covered employees, have 
resulted in us estimating withdrawal liabilities to the respective plans for our proportionate share of any unfunded 
vested benefits. 

Our multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability was approximately $70 million as of December 26, 2021, 
and approximately $76 million as of December 27, 2020. This liability represents the present value of the obligations 
related to complete and partial withdrawals that have already occurred as well as an estimate of future partial 
withdrawals that we considered probable and reasonably estimable. For those plans that have yet to provide us with 
a demand letter, the actual liability will not be fully known until they complete a final assessment of the withdrawal 
liability and issue a demand to us. Therefore, the estimate of our multiemployer pension plan liability will be 
adjusted as more information becomes available that allows us to refine our estimates. 

The risks of participating in multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following 

aspects:

• Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees 

of other participating employers. 

• If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne 

by the remaining participating employers.

• If we elect to withdraw from these plans or if we trigger a partial withdrawal due to declines in contribution 
base units or a partial cessation of our obligation to contribute, we may be assessed a withdrawal liability 
based on a calculated share of the underfunded status of the plan. 

• If a multiemployer plan from which we have withdrawn subsequently experiences a mass withdrawal, we 

may be required to make additional contributions under applicable law.

Our participation in significant plans for the fiscal period ended December 26, 2021, is outlined in the table 
below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the 
three-digit plan number. The zone status is based on the latest information that we received from the plan and is 
certified by the plan’s actuary. A plan is generally classified in critical status if a funding deficiency is 
projected within four years or five years, depending on other criteria. A plan in critical status is classified in critical 
and declining status if it is projected to become insolvent in the next 15 or 20 years, depending on other criteria. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A plan is classified in endangered status if its funded percentage is less than 80% or a funding deficiency is 
projected within seven years. If the plan satisfies both of these triggers, it is classified in seriously endangered status. 
A plan not classified in any other status is classified in the green zone. The “FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented” 
column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either 
pending or has been implemented. The “Surcharge Imposed” column includes plans in a red zone status that are 
required to pay a surcharge in excess of regular contributions. The last column lists the expiration date(s) of the 
collective bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject.

Pension Fund

EIN/Pension 
Plan Number

2021

2020

FIP/RP Status 
Pending/
Implemented

2021

2020

2019

Surcharge 
Imposed

 Pension Protection Act 
Zone Status

(In thousands) 
Contributions of the 
Company

 Collective 
Bargaining 
Agreement 
Expiration 
Date

CWA/ITU Negotiated 
Pension Plan

Newspaper and Mail 
Deliverers’-Publishers’ 
Pension Fund(2)

GCIU-Employer 
Retirement Benefit 
Plan

Pressmen’s 
Publishers’ Pension 
Fund(3)

Paper Handlers’-
Publishers’ Pension 
Fund

Critical and 
Declining 
as of 
1/01/21

Critical and 
Declining as 
of 1/01/20

13-6212879-001

13-6122251-001

Green as of 
6/01/21

Green as of 
6/01/20

Critical and 
Declining 
as of 
1/01/21

Green as of 
4/01/21

Critical and 
Declining 
as of 
4/01/21

Critical and 
Declining as 
of 1/01/20

Endangered 
as of 
4/01/20

Critical and 
Declining as 
of 4/01/20

91-6024903-001

13-6121627-001

13-6104795-001

Contributions for individually significant plans

Contributions for a plan not individually significant

Total Contributions

Implemented

$ 

364  $ 

384  $ 

415 

No

(1)

N/A

912    1,010    1,014 

No

3/30/2025

Implemented

48   

65   

58 

No

3/30/2026

Pending

  1,337    1,328    1,213 

 No

3/30/2026

Implemented

103   

101   

100 

Yes

3/30/2026

$  2,764  $  2,888  $  2,800 

$ 

33  $ 

24  $  — 

$  2,797  $  2,912  $  2,800 

(1) There are two collective bargaining agreements requiring contributions to this plan: Mailers, which expires March 30, 2023, and Typographers, 

which expires March 30, 2025. 

(2) Elections under the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010: Extended Amortization of Net 

Investment Losses (IRS Section 431(b)(8)(A)) and the Expanded Smoothing Period (IRS Section 431(b)(8)(B)).

(3) The Plan sponsor elected two provisions of funding relief under the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension 
Relief Act of 2010 (PRA 2010) to more slowly absorb the 2008 plan year investment loss, retroactively effective as of April 1, 2009. These 
included extended amortization under the prospective method and 10-year smoothing of the asset loss for the plan year beginning April 1, 
2008. 

The rehabilitation plan for the GCIU-Employer Retirement Benefit Plan includes minimum annual 

contributions no less than the total annual contribution made by us from September 1, 2008 through August 31, 2009.

The Company was listed in the plans’ respective Forms 5500 as providing more than 5% of the total 

contributions for the following plans and plan years:

Pension Fund

CWA/ITU Negotiated Pension Plan

Newspaper and Mail Deliverers’-Publishers’ Pension Fund

Pressmen’s Publisher’s Pension Fund

Paper Handlers’-Publishers’ Pension Fund

Year Contributions to Plan Exceeded More Than 5 Percent of Total 
Contributions (as of Plan’s Year-End)

12/31/2020 & 12/31/2019 

5/31/2020 & 5/31/2019(1)

3/31/2021 & 3/31/2020

3/31/2021 & 3/31/2020

(1) Form 5500 for the plan year ended 5/31/21 was not available as of the date we filed our financial statements.

P. 94 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
10. Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide health benefits to certain primarily grandfathered retired employee groups (and their eligible 
dependents) who meet the definition of an eligible participant and certain age and service requirements, as outlined 
in the plan document. There is a de minimis liability for retiree health benefits for active employees. While we offer 
pre-age 65 retiree medical coverage to employees who meet certain retiree medical eligibility requirements, we do not 
provide post-age 65 retiree medical benefits for employees who retired on or after March 1, 2009. We accrue the costs 
of postretirement benefits during the employees’ active years of service and our policy is to pay our portion of 
insurance premiums and claims from general corporate assets.

Net Periodic Other Postretirement Benefit Cost/(Income)

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost/(income) were as follows:

(In thousands)

Service cost

Interest cost

Amortization and other costs

Amortization of prior service credit

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

$ 

53 

$ 

29 

$ 

27 

565 

3,407 

1,026 

3,051 

1,602 

3,375 

(3,098) 

(4,225) 

(4,766) 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost/(income)

$ 

927 

$ 

(119)  $ 

238 

The changes in the benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss were as follows:

(In thousands)

Net actuarial loss

Amortization of loss

Amortization of prior service credit

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost/(income)

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

$ 

2,254 

$ 

4,044 

$ 

296 

(3,407) 

(3,051) 

(3,375) 

3,098 

1,945 

927 

4,225 

5,218 

(119) 

4,766 

1,687 

238 

Total recognized in net periodic postretirement benefit cost/(income) and other 
comprehensive loss

$ 

2,872 

$ 

5,099 

$ 

1,925 

Actuarial gains and losses are amortized using a corridor approach. The gain or loss corridor is equal to 10% of 
the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Gains and losses in excess of the corridor are generally amortized 
over the average remaining service period to expected retirement of active participants.

In connection with collective bargaining agreements, we contribute to several multiemployer welfare plans. 

These plans provide medical benefits to active and retired employees covered under the respective collective 
bargaining agreement. Contributions are made in accordance with the formula in the relevant agreement. 
Postretirement costs related to these plans are not reflected above and were approximately $17 million in 2021, $16 
million in 2020, and $15 million in 2019.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive 

loss were as follows:

(In thousands)

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Plan participants’ contributions

Actuarial loss

Benefits paid

Benefit obligation at the end of year

Change in plan assets

Employer contributions

Plan participants’ contributions

Benefits paid

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Net amount recognized

Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Current liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities

Net amount recognized

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

Actuarial loss

Prior service credit

Total

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

$ 

43,308 

$ 

42,803 

53 

565 

2,319 

2,254 

29 

1,026 

2,820 

4,044 

(7,892) 

(7,414) 

40,607 

43,308 

5,573 

2,319 

4,594 

2,820 

(7,892) 

(7,414) 

— 

— 

$ 

(40,607)  $ 

(43,308) 

$ 

(4,521)  $ 

(4,618) 

(36,086) 

(38,690) 

$ 

(40,607)  $ 

(43,308) 

$ 

25,632 

$ 

26,785 

(368) 

(3,466) 

$ 

25,264 

$ 

23,319 

Benefit obligations decreased from $43.3 million at December 27, 2020, to $40.6 million at December 26, 2021, 
primarily due to benefit payments net of participation contributions of $5.6 million partially offset by the actuarial 
loss of $2.3 million, driven by an increase in assumed costs to reflect updated claims experience.

Benefit obligations increased from $42.8 million at December 29, 2019, to $43.3 million at December 27, 2020, 

primarily due to the actuarial loss of $4.0 million, driven by a decrease in the discount rate.

Information for postretirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets was as 

follows:

(In thousands)

Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

P. 96 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

$ 

$ 

40,607 

— 

$ 

$ 

43,308 

— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine the postretirement benefit 

obligations were as follows:

Discount rate

Estimated increase in compensation level

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

 2.55 %

 3.50 %

 2.01 %

 3.50 %

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine net periodic postretirement 

cost were as follows:

Discount rate for determining projected benefit obligation

Discount rate in effect for determining service cost

Discount rate in effect for determining interest cost

Estimated increase in compensation level

The assumed health-care cost trend rates were as follows:

Health-care cost trend rate

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

 2.01 %

 2.09 %

 1.38 %

 3.50 %

 2.94 %

 3.04 %

 2.55 %

 3.50 %

 4.18 %

 4.19 %

 3.71 %

 3.50 %

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

 5.99 %

 4.92 %

2030

 5.95 %

 4.92 %

2027

Because our health-care plans are capped for most participants, the assumed health-care cost trend rates do not 

have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health-care plans. 

The following benefit payments (net of plan participant contributions) under our Company’s postretirement 

plans, which reflect expected future services, are expected to be paid:

(In thousands)

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027-2031(1)

Amount

$ 

4,620 

4,328 

4,032 

3,778 

3,514 

13,781 

(1) While benefit payments under these plans are expected to continue beyond 2031, we have presented in this table only those benefit payments 

estimated over the next 10 years. 

We accrue the cost of certain benefits provided to former or inactive employees after employment, but before 

retirement. The cost is recognized only when it is probable and can be estimated. Benefits include life insurance, 
disability benefits and health-care continuation coverage. The accrued obligation for these benefits was $8.5 million as 
of December 26, 2021, and $8.6 million as of December 27, 2020.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 97

 
 
 
 
 
11. Other Liabilities

The components of the Other Liabilities — Other balance in our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred compensation

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

Other liabilities

Total

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

$ 

21,101 

$ 

22,245 

63,614 

5,360 

42,966 

52,695 

4,279 

48,366 

$ 

133,041 

$ 

127,585 

Refer to Note 8 for detail related to deferred compensation.

Refer to Note 17 for detail related to noncurrent operating lease liabilities.

Refer to Note 8 for detail related to contingent consideration.

Other liabilities in the preceding table primarily included our post-employment liabilities, our contingent tax 

liability for uncertain tax positions, and self-insurance liabilities as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020.

P. 98 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Income Taxes

Reconciliations between the effective tax rate on income from continuing operations before income taxes and 

the federal statutory rate are presented below.

(In thousands)

Tax at federal statutory rate

State and local taxes, net

Increase/(decrease) in uncertain tax positions

December 26, 2021

December 27, 2020

December 29, 2019

Amount

% of
Pre-tax

Amount

% of
Pre-tax

Amount

% of
Pre-tax

$  61,005 

 21.0 

$  24,241 

 21.0 

$  34,537 

16,378 

2,782 

 5.6 

 1.0 

3,873 

 3.4 

5,303 

(2,509) 

 (2.2) 

(2,427) 

(Gain) on company-owned life insurance

(712) 

 (0.2) 

(635) 

 (0.6) 

(1,662) 

Nondeductible expense

Nondeductible executive compensation

593 

4,140 

 0.2 

 1.4 

800 

1,271 

 0.7 

 1.1 

1,938 

(355) 

Stock-based awards benefit

(5,461) 

 (1.9) 

(7,251) 

 (6.3) 

(6,184) 

Deduction for foreign-derived intangible income

(2,972) 

 (1.0) 

(686) 

 (0.6) 

(2,625) 

Research and experimentation credit

(5,571) 

 (1.9) 

(3,892) 

 (3.4) 

(5,672) 

Other, net

Income tax expense

348 

 0.1 

(617) 

 (0.5) 

1,641 

$  70,530 

 24.3 

$  14,595 

 12.6 

$  24,494 

 21.0 

 3.2 

 (1.5) 

 (1.0) 

 1.2 

 (0.2) 

 (3.8) 

 (1.6) 

 (3.4) 

 1.0 

 14.9 

The increase in the Company's effective tax rate in 2021 compared with 2020 is primarily due to the rate impact 

of higher earnings in 2021 and lower benefits from stock-based compensation in 2021.

The components of income tax expense as shown in our Consolidated Statements of Operations were as 

follows:

(In thousands)

Current tax expense/(benefit)

Federal

Foreign

State and local

Total current tax expense

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

Federal

State and local

Total deferred tax expense

Income tax expense

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

$ 

55,110 

$ 

21,414 

$ 

16,283 

905 

7,453 

823 

3,146 

29,772 

20,252 

(9,249) 

(5,928) 

5,588 

(1,346) 

4,242 

(6,358) 

(15,177) 

$ 

70,530 

$ 

14,595 

$ 

24,494 

1,042 

20,736 

76,888 

(5,651) 

(707) 

State tax operating loss carryforwards totaled $0.8 million as of December 26, 2021, and $1.3 million as of 

December 27, 2020. Such loss carryforwards expire in accordance with provisions of applicable tax laws and have 
remaining lives up to 16 years.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets 

were as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

Retirement, postemployment and deferred compensation plans

$ 

86,886 

$ 

103,433 

Accruals for other employee benefits, compensation, insurance and other

Net operating losses

Operating lease liabilities

Other

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Other

Gross deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset

34,999 

1,018 

19,663 

31,379 

25,899 

1,510 

16,648 

32,664 

$ 

173,945 

$ 

180,154 

(261) 

(293) 

$ 

173,684 

$ 

179,861 

$ 

38,855 

$ 

41,832 

7,738 

16,960 

14,331 

77,884 

95,800 

$ 

$ 

7,652 

14,196 

16,663 

80,343 

99,518 

$ 

$ 

We assess whether a valuation allowance should be established against deferred tax assets based on the 
consideration of both positive and negative evidence using a “more likely than not” standard. In making such 
judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. We evaluated our deferred tax 
assets for recoverability using a consistent approach that considers our three-year historical cumulative income/
(loss), including an assessment of the degree to which any such losses were due to items that are unusual in nature 
(i.e., impairments of nondeductible goodwill and intangible assets).

We had a valuation allowance totaling $0.3 million as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, for 
deferred tax assets primarily associated with net operating losses of a U.S. subsidiary, as we determined these assets 
were not realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis.

We had an income tax payable of $8.2 million as of December 26, 2021, compared with an income tax receivable 

of $3.3 million as of December 27, 2020.

Income tax benefits related to the exercise or vesting of equity awards reduced current taxes payable by $11.5 

million, $13.1 million and $11.9 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes in our 

Consolidated Balance Sheets and for the years then ended in our Consolidated Statements of Changes in 
Stockholders’ Equity was net of deferred tax assets of approximately $150 million and $160 million, respectively. 

P. 100 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)

Balance at beginning of year

Gross additions to tax positions taken during the current year

Gross additions to tax positions taken during the prior year

Gross reductions to tax positions taken during the prior year

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities

Reductions from lapse of applicable statutes of limitations

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

$ 

6,737 

$ 

10,309 

$ 

11,629 

1,389 

2,458 

(150) 

(3,534) 

(1,009) 

1,130 

1,184 

133 

(93) 

711 

(76) 

(3,814) 

(2,637) 

(928) 

(502) 

Balance at end of year

$ 

5,891 

$ 

6,737 

$ 

10,309 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would, if recognized, affect the effective income tax rate was 

approximately $5 million and $6 million as of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, respectively.

In 2021 and 2020, we recorded a $4.8 million and a $5.4 million income tax benefit, respectively, due to a 

reduction in the Company’s reserve for uncertain tax positions.

We also recognize accrued interest expense and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits within 
income tax expense or benefit. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties was approximately $1 million as of 
both December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties was a net benefit 
of less than $0.1 million in 2021, a net benefit of $0.7 million in 2020 and a net benefit of $0.6 million in 2019.

With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax 
examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2013. Management believes that our accrual for tax liabilities is 
adequate for all open audit years. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of 
complex judgments about future events.

It is reasonably possible that certain income tax examinations may be concluded, or statutes of limitation may 

lapse, during the next 12 months, which could result in a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits of $3.2 million that 
would, if recognized, impact the effective tax rate.

13. Earnings Per Share

We compute earnings per share based upon the lower of the two-class method or the treasury stock method.  

The two-class method is an earnings allocation method used when a company’s capital structure includes either two 
or more classes of common stock or common stock and participating securities. This method determines earnings/
(loss) per share based on dividends declared on common stock and participating securities (i.e., distributed earnings), 
as well as participation rights of participating securities in any undistributed earnings. 

Earnings per share is computed using both basic shares and diluted shares. The difference between basic and 

diluted shares is that diluted shares include the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of outstanding securities. Our 
stock options, stock-settled long-term performance awards and restricted stock units could impact the diluted shares. 
The difference between basic and diluted shares was approximately 0.6 million, 1.1 million and 1.5 million as of 
December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019, respectively. In 2021, dilution resulted primarily from 
the dilutive effect of certain performance awards, restricted stock units and stock options. In 2020 and 2019, dilution 
resulted primarily from the dilutive effect of certain performance awards, stock options and restricted stock units.

Securities that could potentially be dilutive are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share 

when a loss from continuing operations exists or when the exercise price exceeds the market value of our Class A 
Common Stock, because their inclusion would result in an anti-dilutive effect on per share amounts.

There were no anti-dilutive stock options, stock-settled long-term performance awards and restricted stock 

units excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Stock-Based Awards

As of December 26, 2021, the Company was authorized to grant stock-based compensation under its 2020 
Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2020 Incentive Plan”), which became effective April 22, 2020. The 2020 Incentive 
Plan replaced the 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2010 Incentive Plan”). In addition, through April 30, 2014, 
the Company maintained its 2004 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Directors’ Plan”).

The Company’s long-term incentive compensation program provides executives the opportunity to earn cash 

and shares of Class A Common Stock at the end of three-year performance cycles based in part on the achievement of 
financial goals tied to a financial metric and in part on stock price performance relative to companies in the Standard 
& Poor’s 500 Stock Index, with the majority of the target award to be settled in the Company’s Class A Common 
Stock. In addition, the Company grants time-vested restricted stock units annually to a number of employees. These 
are settled in shares of Class A Common Stock.

Each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual grant of restricted stock units under the 2020 
Incentive Plan. Restricted stock units are awarded on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders and vest on the 
date of the subsequent year’s annual meeting, with the shares to be delivered upon a director’s cessation of 
membership on the Board of Directors. Each non-employee director is credited with additional restricted stock units 
with a value equal to the amount of all dividends paid on the Company’s Class A Common Stock. The Company’s 
directors are considered employees for purposes of stock-based compensation.

We refer to our outstanding stock-settled long-term performance awards, restricted stock units and stock 

options as “Stock-Based Awards.” We recognize stock-based compensation expense for outstanding stock-settled 
long-term performance awards and restricted stock units.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the 
award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service. Awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan 
and 2020 Incentive Plan vest over a stated vesting period.

Total stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations is as follows:

(In thousands)

Cost of revenue

Marketing

Product development

General and administrative

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

December 29,
2019

$ 

5,218 

$ 

4,117 

$ 

3,621 

1,283 

3,655 

12,059 

1,520 

1,765 

7,063 

683 

763 

7,881 

Total stock-based compensation expense

$ 

22,215 

$ 

14,465 

$ 

12,948 

Stock Options

The 2010 Incentive Plan provided, and the 2020 Incentive Plan provides, for grants of both incentive and non-

qualified stock options at an exercise price equal to the fair market value (as defined in each plan, respectively) of our 
Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. No grants of stock options have been made since 2012. Stock options 
were generally granted with a 3-year vesting period and a 10-year term and vest in equal annual installments.

The 2004 Directors’ Plan provided for grants of stock options to non-employee directors at an exercise price 
equal to the fair market value (as defined in the 2004 Directors’ Plan) of our Class A Common Stock on the date of 
grant. Prior to 2012, stock options were granted with a 1-year vesting period and a 10-year term. No grants of stock 
options have been made since 2012. The Company’s directors are considered employees for purposes of stock-based 
compensation.

P. 102 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in our Company’s stock options in 2021 were as follows:

(Shares in thousands)

Options

December 26, 2021

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)

Options outstanding at beginning of year

Exercised

Options outstanding at end of period (1)

Options exercisable at end of period

(1) All outstanding options are vested as of December 26, 2021. 

325 

$ 

(324) 

1 

1 

$ 

$ 

8 

8 

7 

7 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
$(000s)

1

$ 

14,225 

0

0

$ 

$ 

16 

16 

The total intrinsic value for stock options exercised was $13.6 million in 2021, $21.2 million in 2020 and $8.6 

million in 2019.

Restricted Stock Units

The 2010 Incentive Plan provided, and 2020 Incentive Plan provides, for grants of other stock-based awards, 

including restricted stock units.

Outstanding stock-settled restricted stock units have been granted with a stated vesting period up to 5 years. 

Each restricted stock unit represents our obligation to deliver to the holder one share of Class A Common Stock upon 
vesting. The fair value of stock-settled restricted stock units is the average market price on the grant date. Changes in 
our Company’s stock-settled restricted stock units in 2021 were as follows:

(Shares in thousands)

Unvested stock-settled restricted stock units at beginning of period

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Unvested stock-settled restricted stock units at end of period

Unvested stock-settled restricted stock units expected to vest at end of period

December 26, 2021

Restricted
Stock
Units

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

513 

$ 

583 

(290) 

(69) 

737 

679 

$ 

$ 

33 

50 

31 

46 

46 

46 

The intrinsic value of stock-settled restricted stock units vested was $15.1 million in 2021, $9.6 million in 2020 

and $11.0 million in 2019.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-Term Incentive Compensation

The 2010 Incentive Plan provided, and 2020 Incentive Plan provides, for grants of cash and stock-settled awards 

to key executives payable at the end of a multi-year performance period. 

Cash-settled awards have been granted with three-year performance periods and are based on the achievement 

of a specified financial performance measure. Cash-settled awards have been classified as a liability in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. There were payments of approximately $1 million in 2021, $4 million in 2020 and $2 
million in 2019. 

Stock-settled awards have been granted with three-year performance periods and are based on relative Total 

Shareholder Return (“TSR”), which is calculated at stock appreciation plus deemed reinvested dividends, and another 
performance measure. Stock-settled awards are payable in Class A Common Stock and are classified within equity. 
The fair value of TSR awards is determined at the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value 
of awards under the other performance measure is determined by the average market price on the grant date.

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

As of December 26, 2021, unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested portion of our Stock-

Based Awards was approximately $34 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 
1.53 years.

Reserved Shares

We generally issue shares for the exercise of stock options, vesting of stock-settled restricted stock units and 

stock-settled performance awards from unissued reserved shares.

Shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance were as follows:

(Shares in thousands)

Stock options, stock–settled restricted stock units and stock-settled performance awards

Stock options and stock-settled restricted stock units

Stock-settled performance awards(1)

Outstanding

Available

Total Outstanding

Total Available(2)

December 26,
2021

December 27,
2020

891

944

1,835

14,720

1,835

14,720

1,001

1,026

2,027

15,190

2,027

15,190

(1) The number of shares actually earned at the end of the multi-year performance period will vary, based on actual performance, from 0% to 
200% of the target number of performance awards granted. The maximum number of shares that could be issued is included in the table 
above.

(2) As of December 26, 2021, the 2020 Incentive Plan had approximately 15 million shares of Class A stock available for issuance upon the grant, 
exercise or other settlement of stock-based awards. This amount includes shares subject to awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan that were 
cancelled, forfeited or otherwise terminated, or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding requirements, in accordance with the terms of the 2020 
Incentive Plan.

P. 104 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

15. Stockholders’ Equity

Shares of our Company’s Class A and Class B Common Stock are entitled to equal participation in the event of 
liquidation and in dividend declarations. The Class B Common Stock is convertible at the holders’ option on a share-
for-share basis into Class A Common Stock. Upon conversion, the previously outstanding shares of Class B Common 
Stock that were converted are automatically and immediately retired, resulting in a reduction of authorized Class B 
Common Stock. As provided for in our Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Class A Common Stock has 
limited voting rights, including the right to elect 30% of the Board of Directors, and the Class A and Class B Common 
Stock have the right to vote together on the reservation of our Company shares for stock options and other stock-
based plans, on the ratification of the selection of a registered public accounting firm and, in certain circumstances, on 
acquisitions of the stock or assets of other companies. Otherwise, except as provided by the laws of the State of New 
York, all voting power is vested solely and exclusively in the holders of the Class B Common Stock.

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, there were 781,724 shares of Class B Common Stock issued 

and outstanding that may be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock.

The Adolph Ochs family trust holds approximately 95% of the Class B Common Stock and, as a result, has the 

ability to elect 70% of the Board of Directors and to direct the outcome of any matter that does not require a vote of 
the Class A Common Stock.

In February 2022, the Board of Directors approved a $150 million Class A stock repurchase program that 

replaced the previous program, which was approved in 2015. The new authorization provides that Class A shares 
may be purchased from time to time as market conditions warrant, through open market purchases, privately 
negotiated transactions or other means, including Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. We expect to repurchase shares 
primarily to offset the impact of dilution from our equity compensation program, but subject to market conditions 
and other factors, we may also make opportunistic repurchases to reduce share count. There is no expiration date 
with respect to this authorization.

As of December 26, 2021, repurchases under the previous program totaled $84.9 million (excluding 

commissions) and $16.2 million remained. There were no repurchases under that program between February 2016 
and February 2022, when the program was replaced.

We may issue preferred stock in one or more series. The Board of Directors is authorized to set the 

distinguishing characteristics of each series of preferred stock prior to issuance, including the granting of limited or 
full voting rights; however, the consideration received must be at least $100 per share. No shares of preferred stock 
were issued or outstanding as of December 26, 2021. 

The following table summarizes the changes in AOCI by component as of December 26, 2021:

(In thousands)

Foreign Currency 
Translation 
Adjustments

Funded Status of 
Benefit Plans

Net unrealized 
gain on Available-
for-sale Securities

Total 
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss

Balance as of December 27, 2020

$ 

8,386  $ 

(421,698)  $ 

3,131  $ 

(410,181) 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income before 
reclassifications, before tax

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive loss, before tax

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss)/income, 
net of tax

(6,328) 

— 

(1,696) 

(4,632) 

23,331 

25,919 

13,232 

36,018 

(6,025) 

— 

(1,618) 

(4,407) 

10,978 

25,919 

9,918 

26,979 

Balance as of December 26, 2021

$ 

3,754  $ 

(385,680)  $ 

(1,276)  $ 

(383,202) 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the reclassifications from AOCI for the period ended December 26, 2021:

(In thousands)
Detail about accumulated other comprehensive loss components 

Amounts reclassified 
from accumulated other 
comprehensive loss

Affected line item in the statement 
where net income is presented

Funded status of benefit plans:

Amortization of prior service credit(1)

$ 

Amortization of actuarial loss(1)

Pension settlement charge 

Total reclassification, before tax

Income tax expense

(4,988) 

Other components of net periodic 
benefit costs

30,907 

Other components of net periodic 
benefit costs

Other components of net periodic 
benefit costs

— 

25,919 

6,964 

Income tax expense

Total reclassification, net of tax

$ 

18,955 

(1) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost for pension and 

other retirement benefits. See Notes 9 and 10 for additional information.

16. Segment Information

The Company identifies a business as an operating segment if: (i) it engages in business activities from which 

it may earn revenues and incur expenses; (ii) its operating results are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (who is the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer) to make decisions about resources to 
be allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and (iii) it has available discrete financial information. The 
Company has determined that it has one reportable segment. Therefore, all required segment information can be 
found in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

17. Leases

Lessee activities

Operating leases

We have operating leases for office space and equipment. For all leases, a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, 

initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, are recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 
December 26, 2021, as described below.

P. 106 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
The table below presents the lease-related assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet:

(In thousands)

Classification in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Miscellaneous assets

Current operating lease liabilities

Accrued expenses and other

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

Other

Total operating lease liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

62,567  $ 

9,078  $ 

63,614 

72,692  $ 

52,304 

9,056 

52,695 

61,751 

The total lease cost for operating leases included in operating costs in our Consolidated Statement of 

Operations was as follows:

(In thousands)

Operating lease cost

Short term and variable lease cost

Total lease cost

For the Twelve Months Ended

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

$ 

$ 

11,926 

$ 

11,467 

$ 

1,575 

1,776 

9,980 

1,814 

13,501 

$ 

13,243 

$ 

11,794 

The table below presents additional information regarding operating leases:

(In thousands, except lease term and discount rate)

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

Weighted-average remaining lease term

Weighted-average discount rate

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

$ 

$ 

12,254 

19,457 

$ 

$ 

9.4 years

 3.63 %

11,533 

9,004 

8.7 years

 4.41 %

Maturities of lease liabilities on an annual basis for the Company’s operating leases as of December 26, 2021, 

were as follows:

(In thousands)

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Later Years

Total lease payments

Less: Interest

Present value of lease liabilities

Finance lease

$ 

$ 

$ 

Amount

11,170 

10,157 

9,548 

8,372 

8,023 

38,673 

85,943 

(13,251) 

72,692 

We had a finance lease in connection with the land at our College Point, N.Y., printing and distribution facility. 

Interest on the lease liability was recorded in Interest income/(expense) and other, net in our Consolidated Statement of 
Operations. Repayments of the principal portion of our lease liability are recorded within financing activities section 
and payments of interest on our lease liability are recorded within operating activities section in the Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows for our finance lease. On August 1, 2019, using existing cash, we purchased the assets under 
the finance lease for $6.9 million, which resulted in the settlement of our finance lease obligation.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lessor activities

Our leases to third parties predominantly relate to office space in the Company Headquarters.

As of December 26, 2021, and December 27, 2020, the cost and accumulated depreciation related to the 

Company Headquarters included in Property, plant and equipment in our Consolidated Balance Sheet was 
approximately $516 million and $240 million and $516 million and $222 million, respectively. Office space leased to 
third parties represents approximately 36% of gross square feet of the Company Headquarters.

We generate building rental revenue from the floors in the Company Headquarters that we lease to third 

parties. The building rental revenue was as follows:

(In thousands)
Building rental revenue(1)

For the Twelve Months Ended

December 26, 
2021

December 27, 
2020

December 29, 
2019

$ 

22,851 

$ 

28,516 

$ 

30,595 

(1) Building rental revenue includes approximately $10.8 million related to subleases for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019..

Maturities of lease payments to be received on an annual basis for the Company’s office space operating leases 

as of December 26, 2021, were as follows:

(In thousands)

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Later Years

Total building rental revenue from operating leases

$ 

$ 

Amount

30,564 

29,010 

29,053 

29,344 

29,344 

101,781 

249,096 

P. 108 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
 
 
 
18. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Restricted Cash

We were required to maintain $14.3 million of restricted cash as of December 26, 2021, and $15.9 million as of 

December 27, 2020, the majority of which is set aside to collateralize workers’ compensation obligations. 

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various legal actions incidental to our business that are now pending against us. These 
actions generally have damage claims that are greatly in excess of the payments, if any, that we would be required to 
pay if we lost or settled the cases. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of these matters, it is possible 
that an unfavorable outcome in one or more matters could be material to the Company’s consolidated results of 
operations or cash flows for an individual reporting period. However, based on currently available information, 
management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, is likely 
to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position.

19. Subsequent Events

Quarterly Dividend and New Share Repurchase Program

In February 2022, our Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.09 per share on our Class A and 
Class B common stock, an increase of $0.02 per share from the previous quarter. The dividend is payable on April 21, 
2022, to all stockholders of record as of the close of business on April 6, 2022.

The Board of Directors also approved a $150 million Class A stock repurchase program in February 2022. Class 

A shares may be purchased from time to time as market conditions warrant, through open market purchases, 
privately negotiated transactions or other means, including Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. We expect to repurchase shares 
primarily to offset the impact of dilution from our equity compensation program, but subject to market conditions 
and other factors, we may also make opportunistic repurchases to reduce share count. There is no expiration date 
with respect to this authorization. The new authorization replaces the previous authorization under which 
approximately $16.2 million remained at the time it was replaced.

Acquisition of The Athletic Media Company

On February 1, 2022, we completed the acquisition of The Athletic Media Company, a global digital 

subscription-based sports media business that provides national and local coverage of more than 200 clubs and teams 
in the U.S. and around the world, for an all-cash purchase price of $550 million, subject to customary closing 
adjustments. The purchase price was funded from cash on hand.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 109

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 26, 2021, December 27, 2020, and December 29, 2019:

(In thousands)

Accounts receivable allowances:

Year ended December 26, 2021

Year ended December 27, 2020

Year ended December 29, 2019

(1) Includes write-offs, net of recoveries.

Balance at
beginning
of period

Additions
charged to
operating
costs and 
other

Deductions(1)

Balance at
end of period

$ 

$ 

$ 

13,797 

14,358 

13,249 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13,930 

14,783 

14,807 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15,353 

15,344 

13,698 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12,374 

13,797 

14,358 

P. 110 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 26, 2021. Based upon such evaluation, our principal 
executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective 
to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods 
specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosure.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report of our independent 
registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial reporting are set forth in Item 8 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 26, 

2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 111

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

In addition to the information set forth under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, the information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled 
“Proposal Number 1 — Election of Directors,” “Related Person Transactions,” “Board of Directors and Corporate 
Governance,” beginning with the section titled “Independence of Directors,” but only up to and including the section 
titled “Board Committees and Audit Committee Financial Experts,” “Board Committees,” “Nominating & 
Governance Committee” and “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” of our Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting 
of Stockholders.

The Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics that applies not only to the principal executive officer, 
principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, as required by the SEC, but also to our Chairman. The 
current version of this code of ethics can be found on the Corporate Governance section of our website at http://
nytco.com/investors/corporate-governance. We intend to post any amendments to or waivers from the code of ethics 
that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer on our website.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Compensation 
Committee,” “Directors’ Compensation,” “Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance” and “Compensation of 
Executive Officers” of our Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

P. 112 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Principal Holders of 

Common Stock,” “Security Ownership of Management and Directors” and “The Ochs-Sulzberger Trust” of our Proxy 
Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table presents information regarding our existing equity compensation plans as of December 26, 

2021:

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Number of securities
remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

Plan category

(a)

(b)

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security 
holders

Stock-based awards

Total

1,834,649  (1) $ 

7.00  (2)

1,834,649 

14,719,884  (3)

14,719,884 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security 
holders

None

None

None

(1) Includes (i) 400 shares of Class A stock to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan, at a 
weighted-average exercise price of $7.00 per share, and with a weighted-average remaining term of less than one year; (ii) 737,407 shares of 
Class A stock issuable upon the vesting of outstanding stock-settled restricted stock units granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan and the 2020 
Incentive Plan; (iii) 153,336 shares of Class A stock related to vested stock-settled restricted stock units granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan 
and 2020 Incentive Plan issuable to non-employee directors upon retirement from the Board; and (iv) 943,506, shares of Class A stock that 
would be issuable at maximum performance pursuant to outstanding stock-settled performance awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan and the 
2020 Incentive Plan. Under the terms of the performance awards, shares of Class A stock are to be issued at the end of three-year 
performance cycles based on the Company’s achievement against specified performance targets. The shares included in the table represent 
the maximum number of shares that would be issued under the outstanding performance awards; assuming target performance, the number of 
shares that would be issued under the outstanding performance awards is 471,753.

(2) Excludes shares of Class A stock issuable upon vesting of stock-settled restricted stock units and shares issuable pursuant to stock-settled 

performance awards.

(3) Includes shares of Class A stock available for future stock options to be granted under the 2020 Incentive Plan. As of December 26, 2021, the 
2020 Incentive Plan had 14,719,884 shares of Class A stock remaining available for issuance upon the grant, exercise or other settlement of 
stock-based awards. This amount includes shares subject to awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan that were cancelled, forfeited or otherwise 
terminated, or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding requirements, in accordance with the terms of the 2020 Incentive Plan. Stock options 
granted under the 2020 Incentive Plan must provide for an exercise price of 100% of the fair market value (as defined in the 2020 Incentive 
Plan) on the date of grant.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Related Person 
Transactions,” “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Independence of Directors” and “Board of Directors 
and Corporate Governance — Board Committees and Audit Committee Financial Experts” of our Proxy Statement for 
the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section titled “Proposal Number 2 — 
Selection of Auditors,” beginning with the section titled “Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures,” 
but only up to and including the section titled “Audit and Other Fees” of our Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 113

 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(A) DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THIS REPORT

(1) Financial Statements

As listed in the index to financial information in “Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

(2) Supplemental Schedules

The following additional consolidated financial information is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 

and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in “Item 8 — Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data.” Schedules not included with this additional consolidated financial information 
have been omitted either because they are not applicable or because the required information is shown in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidated Schedule for the Three Years Ended December 26, 2021

II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the accompanying index are filed as part of this report.

Page

110

P. 114 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit numbers 10.15 through 10.25 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
Exhibit
Number
(2.1)*

Description of Exhibit

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 6, 2022 by and among The Athletic Media Company, The 
New York Times Company, Subscription Holding Co. and Shareholder Representative Services LLC (filed as an 
Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated January 7, 2022, and incorporated by reference herein).

(3.1)

(3.2)

(4)

(4.1)

(10.1)

(10.2)

(10.3)

(10.4)

(10.5)

(10.6)

(10.7)

(10.8)

(10.9)

(10.10)

(10.11)

(10.12)**

(10.13)**

Certificate  of  Incorporation  as  amended  and  restated  to  reflect  amendments  effective  July  1,  2007  (filed  as  an 
Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated August 9, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

By-laws, as amended April 10, 2020 (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated April 10, 2020, and 
incorporated by reference herein). 
The Company agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of any instrument with respect to long-
term debt of the Company and any subsidiary for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are 
required to be filed, and for which the amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the 
total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
Description  of  the  Registrant’s  Securities  Registered  Pursuant  to  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 
1934.

New York City Public Utility Service Power Service Agreement, dated as of May 3, 1993, between The City of 
New York, acting by and through its Public Utility Service, and The New York Times Newspaper Division of the 
Company (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K dated March 21, 1994, and incorporated by reference 
herein).
Letter Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2004, amending Agreement of Lease, between the 42nd St. Development 
Project, Inc., as landlord, and The New York Times Building LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s 
Form 10-Q dated November 3, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein).

Agreement  of  Sublease,  dated  as  of  December  12,  2001,  between  The  New  York  Times  Building  LLC,  as 
landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated 
November 3, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein).

First Amendment to Agreement of Sublease, dated as of August 15, 2006, between 42nd St. Development Project, 
Inc., as landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q 
dated November 3, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein).
Second  Amendment  to  Agreement  of  Sublease,  dated  as  of  January  29,  2007,  between  42nd  St.  Development 
Project, Inc., as landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s 
Form 8-K dated February 1, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

Third Amendment to Agreement of Sublease (NYT), dated as of March 6, 2009, between 42nd St. Development 
Project, Inc., as landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s 
Form 8-K dated March 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Fourth Amendment to Agreement of Sublease (NYT), dated as of March 6, 2009, between 42nd St. Development 
Project,  Inc.,  as  landlord,  and  620  Eighth  NYT  (NY)  Limited  Partnership,  as  tenant  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Fifth Amendment to Agreement of Sublease (NYT), dated as of August 31, 2009, between 42nd St. Development 
Project,  Inc.,  as  landlord,  and  620  Eighth  NYT  (NY)  Limited  Partnership,  as  tenant  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the 
Company’s Form 10-Q dated November 4, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Agreement  of  Sublease  (NYT-2),  dated  as  of  March  6,  2009,  between  42nd  St.  Development  Project,  Inc.,  as 
landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated 
March 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

First Amendment to Agreement of Sublease (NYT-2), dated as of March 6, 2009, between 42nd St. Development 
Project,  Inc.,  as  landlord,  and  NYT  Building  Leasing  Company  LLC,  as  tenant  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Assignment and Assumption of Sublease (NYT-2), dated July 10, 2020, between NYT Building Leasing Company 
LLC, as assignor, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as assignee (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 
10-K dated February 25, 2021, and incorporated by reference herein).

Letter Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2017, between the Company and Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance 
Company  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-K  dated  February  27,  2018,  and  incorporated  by 
reference herein).

Letter Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2017, between the Company and Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance 
Company  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-K  dated  February  27,  2018,  and  incorporated  by 
reference herein).

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 115

Exhibit
Number
(10.14)

(10.15)

(10.16)

(10.17)

(10.18)

(10.19)

(10.20)

(10.21)

(10.22)

(10.23)

(10.24)

(10.25)

(21)

(23.1)

(24)

(31.1)

(31.2)

(32.1)

(32.2)

(101.INS)

Description of Exhibit
Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September  10,  2019,  among  The  New  York  Times  Company,  as  borrower,  the 
financial institutions party thereto, as lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender 
and  L/C  Issuer,  Wells  Fargo  Securities,  LLC  and  J.P.  Morgan  Chase  Bank,  National  Association,  and  BOFA 
Securities,  Inc.,  as  joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint  book  runners  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K 
dated September 11, 2019, and incorporated by reference herein).

The  Company’s  Non-Employee  Directors  Deferral  Plan,  as  amended  through  October  11,  2007  (filed  as  an 
Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 12, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective April 30, 2014 (filed as an 
Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated April 30, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein).

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Company’s  2010  Incentive 
Compensation Plan (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K dated February 22, 2017, and incorporated 
by reference herein).

The  New  York  Times  Company  2020  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated April 22, 2020, and incorporated by reference herein).

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  Employees  under  the  Company’s  2020  Incentive 
Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K dated February 25, 2021, 
and incorporated by reference herein).

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  Non-Employee  Directors  under  the  Company’s  2020 
Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  dated  May  7,  2020,  and 
incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Deferred Executive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015 (filed 
as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated November 4, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein).

The  Company’s  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  January  1,  2015 
(filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated November 4, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Supplemental Executive Savings Plan, amended and restated effective February 19, 2015 (filed 
as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Savings Restoration Plan, amended and restated effective February 19, 2015 (filed as an Exhibit 
to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein).

Employment Letter Agreement, dated July 21, 2020, between the Company and Meredith Kopit Levien (filed as 
an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated July 22, 2020, and incorporated by reference herein).

Subsidiaries of the Company.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

Power of Attorney (included as part of signature page).

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002.
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002.
XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL 
tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

(101.SCH)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

(101.CAL)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

(101.DEF)

(101.LAB)

(101.PRE)

(104)

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

*   Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit (indicated by an asterisk above) because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is 
the type of information that the registrant treats as private or confidential. Information that was omitted has been noted in the exhibit with a 
placeholder identified by the mark “[***]”.
** Portions of this exhibit (indicated by two asterisks above) have been omitted and are subject to a confidential treatment order granted by the 
SEC pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

P. 116 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 117

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 23, 2022 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY
(Registrant)

BY: /s/ Roland A. Caputo

Roland A. Caputo

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

We, the undersigned directors and officers of The New York Times Company, hereby severally constitute Diane 
Brayton and Roland A. Caputo, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and 
each of them to sign for us, in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
/s/ A.G. Sulzberger
/s/ Meredith Kopit Levien Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Title
Chairman, Publisher and Director

/s/ Roland A. Caputo

/s/ R. Anthony Benten

(principal executive officer)
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer)
Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer 
(principal accounting officer)

/s/ Amanpal S. Bhutani

Director

/s/ Manuel Bronstein

/s/ Beth Brooke

/s/ Rachel Glaser

/s/ Arthur Golden

/s/ Hays N. Golden 

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

/s/ Brian P. McAndrews

Director

/s/ David Perpich

/s/ John W. Rogers, Jr.

/s/ Doreen Toben

/s/ Rebecca Van Dyck

Director

Director

Director

Director

P. 118 – THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Date
February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

February 23, 2022

EXHIBIT 31.1 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification

I, Meredith Kopit Levien, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 

material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to 

be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including 
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of 
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case 
of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 

control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2022 

/s/ MEREDITH KOPIT LEVIEN

Meredith Kopit Levien

Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification

I, Roland A. Caputo, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 

material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to 

be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including 
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial 

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this 
report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of 
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case 
of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s 
internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 

control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over 

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, 
summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant 

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 23, 2022

/s/ ROLAND A. CAPUTO

Roland A. Caputo

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company (the “Company”) for 

the year ended December 26, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
“Report”), I, Meredith Kopit Levien, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, 
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, based on my knowledge: 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 

and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

results of operations of the Company.

February 23, 2022 

/s/ MEREDITH KOPIT LEVIEN

Meredith Kopit Levien

Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 32.2

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company (the “Company”) for 

the year ended December 26, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
“Report”), I, Roland A. Caputo, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, based on my knowledge: 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 

and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

results of operations of the Company.

February 23, 2022 

/s/ ROLAND A. CAPUTO

Roland A. Caputo

Chief Financial Officer

Board of Directors

Amanpal S. Bhutani
C.E.O.  
GoDaddy Inc.

Manuel Bronstein
Chief Product Officer 
Roblox Corporation

Beth Brooke
Former Global Vice Chair of 
Public Policy
Ernst & Young LLP

Rachel Glaser
C.F.O. 
Etsy, Inc.

Arthur Golden
Author

Hays N. Golden
Managing Director
University of Chicago 
Crime Lab and Education Lab

Meredith Kopit Levien 
President and C.E.O. 
The New York Times Company

Brian P. McAndrews
Former President, C.E.O.  
and Chairman
Pandora Media, Inc.

David Perpich
Publisher
The Athletic and Wirecutter
The New York Times Company

John W. Rogers, Jr.
Founder, Chairman, Co-C.E.O.  
and C.I.O.
Ariel Investments, LLC

A.G. Sulzberger
Chairman
The New York Times Company
Publisher  
The New York Times

Doreen Toben
Former Executive Vice 
President and C.F.O.
Verizon Communications, Inc.

Rebecca Van Dyck
Chief Operating Officer 
Reality Labs
Meta Platforms, Inc.

Shareholder Information Online
investors.nytco.com
Visit our website for corporate governance information about the Company, 
including the Code of Ethics for the Executive Chairman, C.E.O. and senior 
financial officers and our Business Ethics Policy.

Career Opportunities
Employment applicants should apply online at www.nytco.com/careers.  
The Company is committed to a policy of providing equal employment 
opportunities without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, ancestry, 
gender, age, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, military or veteran 
status or any other characteristic covered by law.

Office of the Secretary
(212) 556-8092

Corporate Communications and Investor Relations
(212) 556-4317

Stock Listing
The Company’s Class A Common Stock is listed on the New York
Stock Exchange. Ticker symbol: NYT

Registrar and Transfer Agent
If you are a registered shareholder and have a question about your
account, or would like to report a change in your name or address,
please contact:
Computershare
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233-5000

Overnight correspondence should be mailed to:
Computershare
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY 40202

Shareholder Website and Inquiries
www.computershare.com/investor
Domestic: (800) 240-0345; TDD Line: (800) 231-5469
Foreign: (201) 680-6578; TDD Line: (201) 680-6610

Annual Meeting
Wednesday, April 27, 2022 at 11 a.m. E.T.
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/NYT2022

Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP
One Manhattan West
New York, New York 10001

Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of 
the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements are based upon our current 
expectations, estimates and assumptions and involve risks and uncertainties that 
change over time; actual results could differ materially from those predicted by 
such forward-looking statements. Factors that we think could, individually or in the 
aggregate, cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical 
results include those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report, 
as well as other risks and factors detailed from time to time in the Company’s 
publicly filed documents. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such 
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. We 
undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, 
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Copyright 2022
The New York Times Company
All rights reserved.

 
The New York Times Company 

2021 Annual Report

We aim to be the essential subscription for every 

English-speaking person seeking to understand and 

engage with the world.

125m

Average monthly global unique visitors  

to nytimes.com

Spelling Bee 

“Genius” reached 

37 million times 

79 million 

crosswords 

solved

10 million  

Mini Crossword 

users

As of December 

2021, we had 

subscribers in 

236 countries 

and territories

1b

Covid tracker views

since launch

1+ million digital international  

news subscriptions

1+ million Games subscriptions

1+ million Cooking subscriptions

Cooking was visited 22 million 

times the week before and the 

week of Thanksgiving

181m

Over 181 million users listened to a 

New York Times podcast in 2021

Wirecutter, which launched a subscription 

option in 2021, also turned 10 and 

celebrated its five-year anniversary as part 

of The New York Times Company.

“We will hold fast to the values of  

great  journalism — fairness,  
accuracy, independence — and 
find new ways to show readers why those 
values matter. We will empower the diversity 
of voices and experiences in our ranks to 
cover the world with nuance and empathy. 
We will work together — take risks, make 
mistakes, learn from them, and try again. 
We’ll continue to transform our culture 
in the same way we’ve transformed our 
journalism and our business, in a way that 
makes the company and its mission even 
stronger.” —A. G. Sulzberger, Publisher

620 Eighth Avenue 
New York, NY 10018 
Tel 212.556.1234